PACIFIC REGION

INTEGRATED FISHERIES MANAGEMENT PLAN

SALMON SOUTHERN B.C.

JUNE 1, 2005 - MAY 31, 2006

Oncorhynchus spp

This Integrated Fisheries Management Plan is intended for general purposes only. Where there is a discrepancy between the Plan and the Fisheries Act and Regulations, the Act and Regulations are the final authority. A description of Areas and Subareas referenced in this Plan can be found in the Pacific Fishery Management Area Regulations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEPARTMENT CONTACTS INDEX OF INTERNET-BASED INFORMATION GLOSSARY 1. INTRODUCTION ...... 11 2. GENERAL CONTEXT ...... 12 2.1. Background...... 12 2.2. New Directions ...... 12 2.3. Species at Risk Act ...... 15 2.4. First Nations and Canada’s Fisheries Framework ...... 16 2.5. Pacific Salmon Treaty...... 17 2.6. Research...... 17 2.7. Fishing Vessel Safety...... 18 3. OBJECTIVES...... 19 3.1. Conservation Objectives...... 19 3.2. First Nations Objectives...... 24 3.3. International Objectives...... 24 3.4. Domestic Allocation Objectives ...... 24 3.5. Enforcement Objectives...... 25 3.6. Salmon Enhancement Objectives ...... 25 4. DECISION GUIDELINES AND SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES ...... 36 4.1. General Decision Guidelines ...... 36 4.2. Chinook - AABM/ISBM Management...... 40 4.3. ABM Coho...... 47 4.4. Fraser River Sockeye Decision Guidelines ...... 52 4.5. Barkley Sound Sockeye Decision Guidelines ...... 65 4.6. Okanagan Sockeye Decision Guidelines ...... 67 4.7. Johnstone Straight Chum Mixed-Stock Harvest Strategy ...... 69 4.8. Fraser River Chum Decision Guidelines ...... 72 4.9. Area 14 Chum Decision Guidelines ...... 74 4.10. Area 16 Chum Decision Guidelines ...... 77 4.11. Area 17 Chum Decision Guidelines ...... 78 4.12. Area 18 Chum Decision Guidelines ...... 80 4.13. Area 19 Chum Decision Guidelines ...... 81 4.14. Nitinat Chum...... 83 4.15. Nootka Chum...... 86 4.16. Nimpkish Chum Decision Guidelines ...... 88 4.17. Fraser River Pink ...... 90 4.18. Mainland Inlet Pink Decision Guidelines...... 91 4.19. Bute Inlet Chum Decision Guidelines ...... 93 5. 2005 SOUTHERN B.C./FRASER RIVER FIRST NATIONS FISHING PLAN (FOOD, SOCIAL AND CEREMONIAL FISHERIES ONLY) ...... 96 5.1. Specific Conservation Measures...... 96 5.2. Communal Licence Harvest Targets...... 97 5.3. Aboriginal Commercial Fishing Opportunities ...... 98

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 1 of 132

5.4. Special Projects or Initiatives ...... 98 6. 2005 SOUTHERN B.C. / FRASER RIVER RECREATIONAL FISHING PLAN...... 100 6.1. Chinook...... 100 6.2. Coho...... 101 6.3. Sockeye...... 102 6.4. Pink ...... 102 6.5. Chum...... 102 7. 2005 SOUTHERN B.C./FRASER RIVER COMMERCIAL FISHING PLAN ...... 103 7.1. Implementation ...... 103 7.2. Licence Application and Issuance ...... 103 7.3. Mandatory Log-Book and Phone-In Program ...... 104 7.4. Proposed Changes to Commercial Fishery Regulations...... 104 7.5. South Coast Non-Retention Species...... 105 7.6. Revival Tanks ...... 105 7.7. Gill Net Construction...... 105 7.8. Retention of Lingcod by Salmon Troll ...... 106 7.9. Selective Fishing and other Conservation Measures ...... 106 7.10. Collaborative Agreements (Co-management) ...... 108 7.11. Special Projects or Initiatives ...... 108 7.12. First Nations Economic Opportunities ...... 109 7.13. South Coast Net ...... 110 7.14. Area G Troll (Outside Waters) ...... 115 7.15. Area H Troll (Inside Waters) ...... 118 8. 2004 POST-SEASON REVIEW ...... 121 8.1. Conservation/Sustainability Objectives...... 121 8.2. First Nations Objectives...... 125 8.3. International Objectives...... 125 8.4. Domestic Allocation Objectives ...... 125 8.5. Enforcement Objectives...... 126 8.6. Enhancement Objectives...... 127 9. ATTACHMENTS...... 132

Page 2 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

DEPARTMENT CONTACTS

A more comprehensive list of contacts can be found online at: www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/salmon/default_e.htm

24 Hour Recorded Information Openings/Closures (604) 666-2828 Toll Free (888) 431-3474 Nanaimo (250) 754-0281 Port Alberni (250) 723-0417

Pacific Salmon Commission Office (604) 684-8081

PSC Test Fisheries (Recorded, In-Season Information) (604) 666-8200

Recreational Fishing: www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/recfish/default_e.htm

Commercial Fishing: www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/Commercial/index_e.htm

Regional Headquarters

A/Director, Program Development Al Macdonald (604) 666-8967 A/Director, Program Delivery Steven Wright (604) 666-6931 Lead, Salmon Team Paul Ryall (604) 666-0115 Regional Resource Manager - Salmon Bert Ionson (604) 666-0497 Salmon Officer Andrea Petersen (604) 666-4902 Regional Recreational Fisheries Coordinator Devona Adams (604) 666-3271 Director, Conservation and Protection Greg Savard (604) 666-0604 Director, Oceans, Habitat and Enhancement Sue Farlinger (604) 666-6532 A/Director Aquaculture Division Allison Webb (604) 250-9727

Pacific Fishery Licence Unit (604) 666-0566 480-555 West Hastings Street Vancouver, B.C. V6B 5G3

Central Coast Area

A/Area Director (250) 902-0481 A/Area Chief of Conservation Management Gordon McEachen (250) 286-5881 Area Chief, Regulatory Affairs Barrie Kanester (250) 850-5715 Area Chief, Oceans and Community Stewardship Gary Taccogna (250) 949-8291 Resource Management Coordinator - Bella Bella/Bella Coola (Areas 7 to 10) Lyle Enderud (250) 799-5345 A/Stock Assessment Biologist (Areas 7 to 10) Jen Fagan (250) 286-5882

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 3 of 132

Resource Management Coordinator (Areas 11 to 13 and 27) Randy Brahniuk (250) 286-5880 Resource Manager - Campbell River (Areas 12 to 13) Kent Spencer (250) 286-5885 Resource Manager - Bella Coola (Areas 7 to 10) Kristen Smith (250) 799-5346 Resource Manager - Bella Coola (Areas 7 to 10) Terry Palfrey (250) 799-5345 Resource Manager - Port Hardy (Areas 11, 12 and 27) George Bates (250) 949-6181 Community Advisor - Port Hardy Aleria Ladwig (250) 949-2647 Community Advisor - Campbell River Barry Peters (250) 286-5823 Community Advisor - Bella Coola Sandie MacLaurin (250) 982-2663 Salmon Biologist - Johnstone Strait Ron Goruk (250) 286-5884 Stock Assessment Biologist - Central Coast (Areas 11 to 13 and 27) Pieter Van Will (250) 949-9273 Resource Manager - Recreational Fisheries - Lead Johnstone Strait George Bates (250) 949-6181

Lower Fraser River Area

Area Director Jim Wild (604) 666-6478 A/Area Chief, Resource Management Paul Cottrell (604) 666-6512 Area Chief, Conservation and Protection Herb Redekopp (604) 666-2807 Area Chief, Salmon Stock Assessment Neil Schubert (604) 666-8452 Area Chief, Lower Fraser River Habitat Dale Paterson (604) 666-0315 Resource Manager - Area E Barbara Mueller (604) 666-2370 Resource Manager - First Nations Debra Sneddon (604) 666-8426 Resource Manager - First Nations Brian Matts (604) 666-2096 A/Resource Manager - Recreational Fisheries Linda Stevens (604) 666-6509 Resource Management Technician Eamon Miyagi (604) 666-3478 Resource Management Biologist (Sockeye/Pink) Jeff Grout (604) 666-8616 Res. Management Biologist (Coho/Chum/Chinook) Melanie Sullivan (604) 666-2417 First Nations Affairs Advisor Jordon Point (604) 666-8590

B.C. Interior

A/Area Director Barry Rosenberger (250) 851-4865 A/Area Chief, Resource Management Elmer Fast (250) 851-4878 Area Chief, Conservation and Protection Randy Nelson (250) 851-4956 Area Chief, B.C. Interior Oceans, Habitat and Enhancement Jason Huang (250) 851-4870 A/First Nations Liaison Officer Barry Huber (250).561-5966 A/Resource Manager - Kamloops Merv Mochizuki (250) 851-4952 A/Resource Manager - Quesnel Al Charbonneau (250) 992-2434 Senior Resource Management Biologist - Kamloops Les Jantz (250) 851-4948 Resource Management Biologist - Kamloops Cindy Yockey (250) 851-4961

Page 4 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Resource Managers - Recreational Fisheries Upper Fraser River Al Charbonneau (250) 992-2434 Mid Fraser River/Lower Thompson River Merv Mochizuki (250) 851-4952 Upper Thompson River/Columbia River Merv Mochizuki (250) 851-4952

South Coast Area

A/Area Director Wilf Luedke (250) 756-7280 Area Chief, Resource Management Ed Lochbaum (250) 756-7288 Area Chief, Conservation and Protection John Lewis (250) 756-7159 A/Area Chief, Salmon Stock Assessment Leroy Hop Wo (250) 756-7294 A/Area Chief, Oceans and Habitat and Community Stewardship Bruce Adkins (250) 756-7284 Salmon and Herring Coordinator Greg Thomas (250) 756-7103 Resource Manager - West Coast of Vancouver Island (Areas 21 to 26) Alistair Thomson (250) 720-4454 A/Resource Manager - Strait of Georgia (Areas 14 to 16) Gord Curry (250) 756-7255 A/Resource Manager - West Coast of Vancouver Island/Strait of Georgia (Areas 17 to 20) Gerry Kelly (250) 754-0208 Senior Management Biologist - Stock Assessment Dick Nagtegaal (250) 756-7063 Resource Manager - First Nations (Strait of Georgia) Jonathan Joe (250) 756-7243 A/Resource Manager - First Nations (West Coast of Vancouver Island) Paul Preston (250) 720-8941 A/Resource Manager - Recreational Fisheries Bill Shaw (250) 756-7152

Pacific Fishery Licence Unit (250) 754-0400 60 Front Street Nanaimo, B.C. V9R 5H7

Selective Fisheries

North Coast Project Authority Jim Steward (250) 627-3421 Area B and D Project Authority Kent Spencer (250) 286-5885 Area G Project Authority Gerry Kelly (250) 754-0208 Area H Project Authority Gord Curry (250) 756-7255 Area E Project Authority Barbara Mueller (604) 666-2370

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 5 of 132

INDEX OF INTERNET BASED INFORMATION

Fisheries and Oceans Canada - General Information

Main Page (www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca) Our vision, latest news and current topics.

Acts, Orders, and Regulations (www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/communic/policy/dnload_e.htm) Canada Shipping Act, Coastal Fisheries Protection Act, Department of Fisheries and Oceans Act, Financial Administration Act, Fish Inspection Act, Fisheries Act, Fisheries Development Act, Fishing and Recreational Harbours Act, Freshwater Fish Marketing Act, Navigable Waters Protection Act, Oceans Act.

Reports and Publications (www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/publication_e.htm) Administration and Enforcement of the Fish Habitat Protection and Pollution Prevention Provisions of the Fisheries Act, Audit and Evaluation Reports - Audit and Evaluation Directorate Canadian Code of Conduct for Responsible Fishing Operations , Departmental Performance Reports, Fisheries Research Documents, Standing Committee’s Reports and Government responses, Sustainable Development Strategy.

Waves (http://inter01.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/waves2/index.html) Department of Fisheries and Oceans Canada online library catalogue.

Pacific Salmon Treaty (www.psc.org/about_treaty.htm) Full text of the treaty.

Pacific Region - General

Main Page (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca) General information, area information, latest news, current topics.

Overview of Policies and Programs (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/salmon/policy_e.htm) Brief summaries of policies (e.g. Allocation Policy, Improved Decision Making, and Selective Fishing); brief summary of programs and treaties.

Oceans Program (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/oceans/default_e.htm) Integrated Coastal Management, Marine Protected Areas, Marine Environmental Quality, Oceans Outreach, Oceans Act.

Pacific Region - Fisheries Management

Main Page (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/fishmgmt_e.htm) Commercial Fisheries, New and Emerging Fisheries, Recreational Fisheries, Maps, Fishery Notices and Integrated Fisheries Management Plans.

Page 6 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Aboriginal Fisheries Strategy (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/tapd/afs_e.htm) – coming soon Aboriginal Fisheries Strategy (AFS) objectives, AFS agreements, Programs, Species at Risk and Treaty Negotiations.

Recreational Fisheries (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/recfish/default_e.htm) Fishery Regulations and Notices, Fishing Information, Recreational Fishery, Policy and Management, Contacts, Current B.C. Tidal Waters Sport Fishing Guide and Freshwater Supplement, Rockfish Conservation Areas, Shellfish Contamination Closures and On-line Licensing.

Commercial Fisheries (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/Commercial/index_e.htm) Links to Groundfish, Herring, Salmon, Shellfish and New and Emerging Fisheries, Selective Fishing, Test Fishing Information, Fishing Areas, Canadian Tide Tables, Fishery Management Plans and Commercial Fishery Notices (openings and closures).

Fisheries Notices (www-ops2.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/fns_reg/index.cfm) Want to receive fishery notices by e-mail? If you are a recreational sport licence vendor, processor, multiple boat owner or re-distribute fishery notices, register your name and/or company at the Internet-site address above. Openings and closures, updates, and other relevant information regarding your chosen fishery are sent directly to your registered email. It’s quick, it’s easy and it’s free.

Integrated Fishery Management Plans - Current (www-ops2.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/xnet/content/MPLANS/MPlans.htm) Groundfish, Pelagics, Invertebrates, Minor Finfish and Salmon.

Salmon Test Fishery - Pacific Region (www-ops2.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/xnet/content/salmon/testfish/default.htm) Definition, description, location and target stocks.

Licensing (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/Licensing/Default_e.htm) Contact information; Recreational Licensing Information, Commercial Licence Types, Commercial Licence Areas, Licence Listings, Vessel Information, Vessel Directory, Licence Statistics and Application Forms.

Salmon (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/salmon/default_e.htm) Current salmon management plans, salmon consultations, commercial salmon openings and closures, recreational salmon openings and closures, salmon catch, current salmon stock outlook, salmon test fishing and salmon contacts

Fraser River / B.C. Interior Area Resource Management and Stock Assessment (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/fraserriver/)

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 7 of 132

Contact Information, Test Fishing and Survey Results (Albion, Creel Surveys, First Nations), Fraser River Sockeye and Pink Escapement Updates, Important Notices and Recreational Fishing Information.

North Coast Resource Management (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/northcoast/default.htm) First Nations Fisheries, Recreational Fisheries, Commercial Salmon and Herring Fisheries, Skeena Tyee Test Fishery, Counting Facilities, Post-Season Review and Contacts.

Yukon/Transboundary Rivers Area Main Page (www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/yukon/default_e.htm) Fisheries Management, Recreational Fisheries, Habitat, Fisheries Management, Licensing and Contacts.

Pacific Region - Habitat and Enhancement

Main Page (www-heb.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/default_e.htm) Publications (legislation, policy, guidelines, educational resources, brochures, newsletters and bulletins, papers and abstracts, reports); GIS maps and Data (Habitat inventories, spatial data holdings, land use planning maps); Community involvement (advisors and coordinators, educational materials, Habitat Conservation and Stewardship Program, projects and Streamtalk).

PACIFIC REGION - POLICY AND COMMUNICATIONS

Main Page (www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/) Media Releases; Salmon Updates, Backgrounders, Ministers Statements, Publications and Contacts.

Consultation Secretariat (www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/pages/consultations/consult_e.htm) Consultation Calendar and Current Consultations.

New Directions (www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/publications/newdirections/default_e.htm) Policies and discussion papers resulting from New Directions.

Publications Catalogue (www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/pages/NPubCatalogue/pubs_e.asp) Listing of information booklets and fact sheets available through Communications branch.

Species at Risk Act Legal Listings Consultations (www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/pages/consultations/sara/listings_e.htm) Links to Species at Risk Act (SARA) public registry, COSEWIC, Canada Gazette and listing of current consultations.

Page 8 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Pacific Region - Science

Main Page (www-sci.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/sci/default_e.htm) Science divisions, research facilities, Pacific Science Advice Review Committee (PSARC) and international research initiatives.

Fraser River Environmental Watch Program (www-sci.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/fwh/) Summary of fishery status, water discharge, watershed temperatures, fishery concerns and research updates.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 9 of 132

GLOSSARY

A more comprehensive glossary is available online at: www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/salmon/glossary_e.htm

AABM Aggregate Abundance Based Management AAROM Aboriginal Aquatic Resource and Oceans Management AHC Area Harvest Committee AFS Aboriginal Fisheries Strategy ATP Allocation Transfer Program COHO ABM Coho Abundance Based Management COSEWIC Committee for the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada CPUE Catch per unit effort CSAB Commercial Salmon Advisory Board CWT Coded wire tag ESSR Excess Salmon to Spawning Requirements FRP Fraser River Panel FSC Food, social and ceremonial IHPC Integrated Harvest Planning Committee ISBM Individual Stock Based Management MVI Mid Vancouver Island PSARC Pacific Scientific Advice Review Committee PSC Pacific Salmon Commission PST Pacific Salmon Treaty SARA Species at Risk Act SEP Salmonid Enhancement Program SFAB Sport Fishing Advisory Board SHMF Selective Hatchery Mark Fishery TAC Total allowable catch WCVI West Coast Vancouver Island

Page 10 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

1. INTRODUCTION

This 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fisheries Management Plan (IFMP) covers the period June 1, 2005 to May 31, 2006 for First Nations, recreational and commercial fisheries for Pacific salmon in the southern areas of B.C. It is designed to describe the approach to fisheries in tidal and non-tidal waters from Cape Caution south to the B.C./Washington border, including the Fraser River watershed. Pacific salmon species covered in the plan include sockeye, coho, pink, chum and chinook salmon.

This plan describes the management of Pacific salmon fisheries in southern B.C. and the factors which influence decision-making.

The 2005 IFMP contains comprehensive decision guidelines (Section 4), which set out the rationale for management decisions, and describes the range of departmental responses to changing in-season information. Decision guidelines have been a feature of salmon IFMPs since 2002 and are reviewed and modified annually to reflect new considerations. Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) continues to seek feedback, particularly on the structure and content of decision guidelines.

This plan has been developed considering a number of factors including consultation with advisors, historical practices and the review of outcomes of previous years’ fishing practices. In the case of southern B.C., a review of the 2004 Fraser River sockeye fishery was undertaken by the southern portion of the IHPC under the leadership of Bryan Williams. Work is underway to develop a response to those recommendations; some elements of this plan may be adjusted to accommodate such recommendations.

2005 marks the first year that the IHPC met to review the IFMP’s prior to finalization. The committee was provided an updated draft IFMP based on sector advice and invited to discuss issues of concern to each of the sectors. Discussions covered a broad range of issues and sector comments were noted for consideration by the Minister in the approval process.

DFO will continue to consult with First Nations, recreational, and commercial fishers to further co-ordinate fishing activities in 2005. Further consultations will occur as updated forecast information becomes available or as sector specific plans are finalized.

Details about on-going policy development and other departmental initiatives can be found on the DFO Internet. For more specific information, refer to the Index of Internet Based Information.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 11 of 132

2. GENERAL CONTEXT

This section provides a brief overview of key policies and the legal context for Pacific salmon management. Additional information is accessible on-line and can be easily found through the Index of Internet Based Information. 2.1. Background Departmental policy development related to the management of fisheries is guided by a range of factors that include international and domestic initiatives that promote biodiversity and a precautionary, ecosystem-based approach to the management of marine resources. 2.2. New Directions Salmon management programs in 2005 will continue to be guided by the New Directions policy series. New Directions describes the broad policy principles used in the management of Pacific salmon, and provides a fram66ework for the development of operational policies. Key initiatives within this framework are; An Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon, A Policy for Selective Fishing, Wild Salmon Policy, A Framework for Improved Decision Making in the Pacific Salmon Fishery, and Catch Monitoring.

An Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon, announced in 1999, contains principles to guide the management and allocation of the Pacific salmon resource between First Nations, commercial and recreational harvesters, and forms the basis for general decision guidelines.

In January 2001, the Department released A Policy for Selective Fishing in Canada’s Pacific Fisheries. Under the Department’s selective fishing initiative, harvester groups have experimented with a variety of methods to reduce the impact of fisheries on non-target species, with a number of measures reaching implementation in fisheries. Experiments will be undertaken in 2005 to further refine initiatives leading up to implementation within the fleet.

On December 17, 2004, the Department released a Policy Framework for the Conservation of Wild Pacific Salmon. This draft policy is founded on the need to safeguard genetic diversity of wild salmon, maintain habitat and ecosystem integrity and manage fisheries for sustainable benefit. This second draft builds on consultations in 2000 and is available at:

www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/pages/consultations/wsp/default_e.htm.

The Wild Salmon Policy was released on June 24, 2005. The policy responds to feedback received from an extensive consultation process. The following are the key elements of the new approach:

• Conservation is unequivocally affirmed at the highest priority for resource management. • Management will shift to focus on stewardship of essential building blocks of genetic diversity necessary for future continuance of wild salmon, rather than managing large, mixed aggregates.

Page 12 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

• New, more effective strategies will be adopted for the monitoring and protection of the habitat necessary to sustain salmon. • Ecosystem considerations will be incorporated in decision-making. • An inclusive planning process will be established to ensure that conservation decisions reflect societal values. • Conservation goals will be clearly defined, and our progress in achieving them will be publicly evaluated.

The Wild Salmon Policy is available at: www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/publications/wsp/default_e.htm.

Consultative elements of an Improved Decision Making discussion paper have been implemented through establishment of the Consultation Secretariat, which works to improve the flow of information between stakeholders and the Department. Up-to-date information pertaining to on-going consultations can be found on the Secretariat’s Internet site at: www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/pages/consultations/consult_e.htm.

In response to the recommendations contained in the discussion document as well as the findings in the Review of the 2002 Fraser River Sockeye Fishery the Department established IHPCs. These IHPCs are comprised of First Nations, commercial and recreational harvesters and environmental representatives. These two committees are recognized to be the primary source of stakeholder input into IFMPs. The current IHPC membership is provided in Appendix 8.

DFO has worked with the commercial salmon harvesting sector to develop an advisory structure to support commercial sector participation in this new process. Elections were held for each licence area and AHCs were established. These committees then elected representatives to sit on the CSAB. The CSAB consists of two representatives from each AHC (A-H), as well as representatives from the Native Brotherhood of B.C. (two), the processing sector (two), and the UFAWU (two). The current CSAB membership is provided in Appendix 8.

Further information on salmon consultations, including terms of reference, membership, meeting dates and records of consultation can be found on the Salmon Consultation Internet site at: www-ops2.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/xnet/content/consultations/salmon/sapdefault_e.htm.

A discussion paper outlining the potential approaches for commercial salmon fisheries to address the objectives set out in the Fishery Monitoring and Catch Reporting Framework were released for consultation in the fall of 2003. Catch monitoring standards for each fishery will be the subject of consultation in 2005. Monitoring programs will continue in 2005 to assess harvests (both target and non-target species) as well as other unharvested mortalities. These programs will include a variety of measures such as mandatory log-book program, in-season phone-in and post-season mail-in catch reporting programs, and on-grounds observer programs.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 13 of 132

For several years, the salmon fishery has been subject to incremental changes that have had several consequences one of which is reducing the economic viability of the commercial salmon fleet. Some of these changes include an increased focus on specific conservation concerns and low commodity prices. Ongoing Treaty negotiations were also adding uncertainty to the industry. To address these issues, the governments of B.C. and Canada asked P. Pearse and I. McRae (Joint Task Group [JTG]) to make recommendations that would ensure conservation of the resource, provide for sustainable use and effective management, improve the economic performance of the fishery and define a vision of fisheries in a post-Treaty era. As well a First Nations Panel (First NationsP) was invited to consult broadly with First Nations and provide their views.

Both the JTG and First NationsP reports call for improved co-management and a clear process based on voluntary license retirement for re-allocating fish stocks to First Nations. Both reports also call for a revised approach to the management of salmon to begin as soon as possible. The reports also make a number of other recommendations which are intended to improve the environmental and economic performance of the fishery.

On April 14 the Minister announced measures to reform the Pacific Fishery. The reform is based on four key themes. These are:

• Sustaining strong salmon populations by setting clear conservation objectives for each fishery based on the principles of the Wild Salmon Policy. • Strengthening DFO programs that are critical to salmon conservation, such as habitat protection, enforcement and the scientific assessment of stocks. • Making progress over time on increasing First Nations’ access to economic fisheries in collaboration with First Nations and Indian and Northern Affairs Canada. • Improving the economic performance of fisheries so that they reach their full potential, provide certainty to participants and optimize harvest opportunities.

In responding to the recommendations of the two reports, the Minister announced his general support for salmon fishery reform pending consultations with First Nations and stakeholders. For 2005 the approach will be to continue to explore ways of working toward these themes, especially improving the manageability and economic viability of the salmon fleet including explorations of elements of quota arrangements. Specifically, the Minister has announced his support for demonstration fisheries to test different options to determine which reforms might work for implementation in future years.

DFO has been challenged to articulate objectives regarding conservation of wild salmon stocks. A “near final” draft of the Wild Salmon Policy has been the focus of consultation over the first several months of 2005. The Wild Salmon Policy is founded on the need to safeguard genetic diversity, maintain habitat and ecosystem integrity and manage fisheries for sustainable benefits. It outlines a strategic approach to the protection of wild salmon stocks and sets out a decision making process to find the appropriate balance of social, economic and biological risks and benefits. The Wild Salmon Policy was finalized in June 2005 with implementation to occur incrementally over several years.

Page 14 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

On October 20, 2004 the Minister announced a post-season review would take place on the management of southern B.C. salmon stocks in 2004. The review was led by an independent chairperson (former Chief Justice Bryan Williams) and conducted by the IHPC. The committee received input from IHPC members, DFO staff and members of the public in locations throughout Southern B.C. The Committee provided a comprehensive report to the Minister on March 31, 2005, which documented their conclusions and recommendations covering a broad range of issues including catch monitoring, effects of high water temperatures, and enforcement. While the report was narrowly focused on Fraser River sockeye fishery, it is understood that many of the recommendations could be valid for a number of other B.C. salmon fisheries.

The response to the recommendations are being developed and it is anticipated that some of the recommendations will be incorporated into the 2005 salmon fishery, while others may take longer to respond to and some may not be feasible to implement. For 2005, the focus will be to enhance enforcement, catch monitoring (including unauthorized harvest estimates) and stock assessment activities on the Fraser River. 2.3. Species at Risk Act SARA came into force in 2003. The purposes of the Act are “to prevent wildlife species from being extirpated or becoming extinct, and to provide for the recovery of a wildlife species that are extirpated, endangered or threatened as a result of human activity and to manage species of special concern to prevent them from becoming endangered or threatened”.

Endangered and threatened marine species in Pacific region currently protected under Schedule I of SARA are:

• Killer Whales - Northern Resident Population (Threatened) • Killer Whales - Southern Resident Population (Endangered) • Killer Whales - Transient Population (Threatened) • Sea Otter (Threatened) • Leatherback Turtle (Endangered) • Abalone (Threatened) • Sei Whale (Endangered) • Humpback Whale (Threatened) • Blue Whale (Endangered)

Endangered and threatened marine species in Pacific region currently under consideration for listing under Schedule I of SARA are:

• Coho Salmon (Interior Fraser River) • Bocaccio Rockfish • White sturgeon, and • Okanagan chinook

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 15 of 132

In addition to the existing prohibitions under the Fisheries Act, it is illegal to kill, harm, harass, capture, take, possess, collect, buy, sell or trade any of these animals or any part or derivative of an individual. It is also illegal to damage or destroy a listed species residence. These prohibitions apply unless a person is authorized, by a permit, licence or other similar document issued in accordance with SARA, to engage in an activity affecting the listed species or the residences of its individuals.

Marbled murrelet is also listed as “threatened” on Schedule I of SARA. Marbled murrelet populations are impacted by, among other activities, being entangled in gill nets and drowning. The scope of this concern is not well understood and more research and monitoring is being done to assess the impacts of fishing gear on murrelets in B.C. The Department is working in collaboration with Environment Canada and the Marbled Murrelet Recovery Team to determine the impacts of gill net mortality on the B.C. population of marbled murrelets.

The COSEWIC designated two populations of sockeye salmon as being endangered, Sakinaw Lake sockeye and Cultus Lake sockeye. On January 21, 2005 the Minister of Environment announced that Sakinaw Lake and Cultus Lake sockeye would not be listed under SARA but that comprehensive recovery strategies for these species will be completed and DFO will continue to pursue its action plan to protect and rebuild the Cultus Lake and Sakinaw Lake sockeye populations.

Conservation objectives for these and other stocks are laid out in Section 3.

More information on SARA or COSEWIC can be found at:

• www.cosewic.gc.ca/index.htm • www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/sara/default_e.htm • www.sararegistry.gc.ca/ 2.4. First Nations and Canada’s Fisheries Framework The Government of Canada’s legal and policy frameworks identify a special obligation to provide First Nations the opportunity to harvest fish for FSC purposes. The AFS was implemented in 1992 to address several objectives related to First Nations and their access to the resource. These included:

• Improving relations with First Nations. • Providing a framework for the management of the First Nations fishery in a manner that was consistent with the 1990 Supreme Court of Canada Sparrow decision. • Greater involvement of First Nations in the management of fisheries. • Increased participation in commercial fisheries (ATP).

Throughout 2002, a review of AFS was undertaken. A report, “Strengthening Our Relationship - the Aboriginal Fisheries Strategy and Beyond” summarizing the findings of the review and proposing adjustments to the AFS was released in October 2003. The report proposed initiatives to address concerns raised by First Nations and to renew and improve the relationship with First

Page 16 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Nations people. Guiding principles to address limitations of the AFS include development of stable programs that reflect and permit the growth of long-term relationships with First Nations. As well, durable structures and capacity that build on successes need to be further developed to allow DFO and First Nations groups to work together effectively. With these principles in mind, several initiatives have been proposed. For more information on AFS see the Index of Internet Based Information:

• Renewed commitment and approach to the AFS that emphasizes simpler, broader, longer term agreements. • A new AAROM initiative that provides eligible First Nations groups with funding to better integrate planning and implementation activities with other First Nations and the Department. • More strategic and efficient use of resources available to the Department leading to better coordination, changes to practices and approaches within the Department and better linkages with other government programming and objectives.

DFO will continue to work with First Nation communities to implement this revised approach to the AFS. 2.5. Pacific Salmon Treaty In March 1985, the United States (U.S.) and Canada agreed to co-operate in the management, research and enhancement of Pacific salmon stocks of mutual concern by ratifying the PST.

The PSC, established under the PST, provides regulatory and policy advice as well as recommendations to Canada and the U.S. with respect to interception salmon fisheries.

Under the terms of the Treaty, the responsibility for in-season management of all species rests with the Parties to the agreement, except for the in-season management of Fraser River sockeye and pink salmon, where the FRP is specifically delegated the responsibility for in-season management, with assistance from PSC staff.

In order to properly account for the full impact of fishing on chinook stocks, the PST specifies that all parties develop programs to monitor all sources of fishing related mortality on chinook. Catch monitoring programs are being modified to include estimates of encounters of all legal and sub-legal chinook, as well as other salmon species, in all major fisheries. 2.6. Research The research activities of the Department’s science branch are summarized in scientific papers that are peer reviewed through the PSARC. The advice is then forwarded to the appropriate sectors for review and adoption as required.

Specific areas of focus for Pacific salmon research in 2005 include:

• Continuing investigations into climate change and salmon fisheries issues. • Factors influencing variable pink salmon abundance in the Broughton Archipelago.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 17 of 132

• Assessments of specific stocks of concern including Strait of Georgia chinook. • Review of selective fishing experiment results for implementation as appropriate. 2.7. Fishing Vessel Safety Owners and masters have a duty to ensure the safety of their crew and vessel. Adherence to safety regulations and good practices by owners, masters and crew of fishing vessels will help save lives, protect the vessel from damage and protect the environment.

Appendix 4 outlines vessel safety measures and procedures required and/or recommended by Transport Canada.

Page 18 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

3. OBJECTIVES

3.1. Conservation Objectives Conservation of Pacific salmon is the primary objective and will take precedence in managing the resource.

The Department manages fisheries with the objective of ensuring that stocks are returning at sustainable levels. When returns decline below sustainable levels, management actions are taken which may include reducing the impact of fisheries on specific stocks, strategic enhancement and habitat restoration.

In 2005, the status of several salmon stocks in southern B.C. is generally expected to be good. However other stocks are expected to return below target levels and will require specific management actions designed to protect and rebuild them to sustainable levels. The objective of implementing specific conservation measures is to reduce the impact of harvest and increase the level of escapement to the stock of concern. The following stocks are of particular concern in 2005. 3.1.1. Lower Georgia Strait Chinook Chinook returns to Lower Georgia Strait (LGS) systems have been declining in recent years. LGS natural and enhanced returns were generally down from 2002 with the exception of Nanaimo River which has been relatively stable. Particularly poor escapement and total return numbers were recorded for Cowichan with a declining trend since 1998. Indications are that early marine survival continues to be poor for LGS indicator stocks, including the Cowichan fall population which has been below the recommended escapement goal for several years.

The objective for LGS chinook is to reduce fishery exploitation in known areas of significant impact.

LGS chinook are harvested in commercial and recreational fisheries off the Queen Charlotte Islands, commercial fisheries off WCVI in May, in recreational fisheries in Georgia Strait as well as in First Nations fisheries in the terminal areas. Restrictions introduced in 2004 (shaping of WCVI commercial troll fisheries, restrictions and closures in the terminal areas for First Nations and recreational fishermen) will continue. Increased restrictions (chinook non-retention areas and fin fish closures) in fisheries that have a high impact (Gulf of Georgia recreational) will be implemented. 3.1.2. Interior Fraser River Coho Conservation measures with the objective of reducing harvest related impacts to Interior Fraser River coho were first implemented in 1998. Since then, the conservation objective has been clarified to limit the exploitation rate to three percent or less. The forecast for 2005 is 30,700 which represents a 42 percent decrease from the brood. Ocean survival is

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 19 of 132

remaining at low levels where current exploitation rates are resulting in no or very modest growth in escapements over the brood year. Accordingly the approach taken in recent years will be continued.

The objective for Interior Fraser River coho (including Thompson River coho) is to limit the Canadian exploitation rate to up to 3 percent (not including terminal harvest on systems experiencing strong escapements).

During the May through September time period when Interior Fraser River coho are encountered in southern B.C. waters, management actions will range from non-retention to time and area closures. The following areas and fisheries are affected:

• West Coast Vancouver Island (WCVI) troll and recreational fisheries in offshore areas from late May until mid-September. • Commercial net and recreational fisheries in the Straits of Juan de Fuca (Area 19 and 20) from June until early October. • Commercial, recreational and First Nations fisheries in Johnstone and Queen Charlotte Straits from early June until late August. • Commercial, recreational and First Nations fisheries in the Gulf of Georgia from June until early October. • Commercial, recreational and First Nations fisheries in the Fraser River from early September until mid-October.

As in 2004, recreational fishers will be permitted to retain hatchery marked coho effective June 1. 3.1.3. Cultus Lake Sockeye and Late Run Fraser River Sockeye Cultus Lake sockeye is a component of the Late Run Fraser River sockeye aggregate which is typically harvested in southern B.C. waters in August and September. Concerns for the entire aggregate have been acute in recent years (since 1996) due to a trend of abnormal early migration and associated high levels of pre-spawn and en-route mortality. Although mortality levels remain high relative to other Fraser River sockeye run timing groups, levels have declined from very high levels observed in 2000 and 2001.

The returns of sockeye salmon to Cultus Lake have been particularly low relative to historic averages. The Governor in Council has considered listing Cultus Lake sockeye on Schedule 1 of SARA. This population was not listed; however the Minister indicated that measures to rebuild the population would continue. To work toward rebuilding, exploitation rates will remain low and enhancement as well as other measures (i.e. predator control) started in 2003 and 2004 will be continued.

The objective for Cultus Lake sockeye is to limit the exploitation rate to 10 to 12 percent and to limit the exploitation rate on late run Fraser River sockeye to 15 percent.

Page 20 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

All fisheries that could harvest Cultus Lake sockeye will be impacted by the need to limit exploitation on this stock. This includes:

• Restrictions to First Nations fisheries in Queen Charlotte and Johnstone Straits, Gulf of Georgia, Strait of Juan de Fuca and the lower Fraser River downstream of the Vedder River. First Nations may be unable to harvest full allocations agreed to in previous years. • Restrictions to recreational salmon fisheries in southern B.C. This will include sockeye non-retention in those waters when Cultus Lake sockeye are present. • Closures to commercial salmon fisheries in southern B.C. when Late Run sockeye are present, or expected to be present in the area as it will not likely be possible to identify Cultus Lake sockeye in-season in 2005 due to relative low abundances.

Within the Fraser River upstream of the Fraser/Vedder confluence, recreational and First Nations fisheries for Late Run Fraser River sockeye will be constrained under conditions of low run size, adverse migration conditions or high levels of enroute mortality.

Recovery planning is underway to ensure rebuilding of the Cultus Lake population. Smolt assessment including the application special tags to track both smolt and adult migration patterns will be undertaken. Predator control measures will be continued and studies to increase the understanding of freshwater habitat threats will be done. In addition, the Department will continue with enhancement activities including the captive brood program where a small segment of the population is held until maturity and a variety of release strategies including fed fry and smolts. 3.1.4. Sakinaw Lake Sockeye Sakinaw Lake is located in the Strait of Georgia near Sechelt, B.C. While sockeye have been observed in the system, empirical data is limited. Some data suggests Sakinaw Lake sockeye have a prolonged migration period commencing in Johnstone Strait in mid to late June and July arriving at the entrance to Sakinaw Lake in upper Georgia Strait in July and August. These stocks are vulnerable to harvest directed at Fraser River sockeye stocks in July extending into August.

As was the case with Cultus Lake sockeye, the Governor in Council decided not to list this population under SARA. However, as with Cultus Lake sockeye harvest related measures to ensure protection for this stock are to continue.

The objective for Sakinaw Lake sockeye is to limit the exploitation rate to 10 to 12 percent.

Most fisheries that have potential to intercept Sakinaw Lake sockeye will be delayed until approximately July 25 to ensure a significant portion of the return has passed through major fisheries in Johnstone Strait. The plan will provide for:

• Restrictions in First Nations FSC fisheries prior to late July.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 21 of 132

• Recreational fisheries in Queen Charlotte Strait, Johnstone Strait, and upper Gulf of Georgia will be closed to sockeye retention until late July. The waters near the mouth of Sakinaw Creek will be closed to fishing. • Commercial fisheries in Queen Charlotte Strait, Johnstone Strait, and upper Gulf of Georgia (including Sabine Channel) will be closed until late July.

Recovery planning efforts to ensure rebuilding of this stock will continue to be supported. In addition to harvest related measures, there will be continued improvements made to the habitat (debris removal from spawning areas), investigations into the impacts of predation (seals, otters and lamprey), and enhancement work. Eggs are incubated in nearby hatchery facilities and the resulting fry are returned to the lake. To further augment the rebuilding of this stock, a captive brood program has been underway since 2000. 3.1.5. West Coast Vancouver Island Chinook WCVI chinook stocks migrate through Southeast Alaska in June and July returning to spawning streams from August to early October. For the past several years WCVI chinook have experienced low return rates and low spawner levels due to poor brood returns and poor early marine survival attributable to poor ocean conditions. As a result, in 2003 and 2004, Canadian fisheries were limited to a 15 percent ceiling on exploitation in Canada. In analyzing the information from 2004, it was determined that returns of age three and four stocks were significantly lower than indicated. For example, in the Nahimint River, over 90 percent of the returning fish were age five suggesting some populations are continuing to be impacted by poor returns in 2000 and 2001.

The objective for WCVI chinook is to lower the impact of Pacific fisheries (not including enhanced terminal areas) to an exploitation rate of 10 percent.

Actions to be considered will include time and area restrictions in northern and WCVI troll fisheries. For First Nations opportunities in most terminal areas will be similar to 2004. For recreational fishers in terminal areas, some modifications and fine tuning of opportunities and restrictions may be required to address local situations. 3.1.6. Interior Fraser River Steelhead The objective for Interior Fraser River Steelhead is to limit fishing mortality rates to recent year levels of less than 15 percent.

The Province of B.C. is currently undertaking an analysis of the impact on steelhead from fisheries in 2004. Discussions are ongoing with Ministry of Water, Land and Air Protection (MWLAP) with regard to technical information and pre-season and in-season mechanisms for determining stock status and harvesting impacts. No Fraser River commercial chum salmon gill net fisheries are contemplated without concurrence from the Province of B.C. 3.1.7. Okanagan Sockeye The objective for Okanagan sockeye is to minimize the impact of Canadian fisheries in years of low abundance.

Page 22 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Okanagan sockeye are harvested in Washington State fisheries and, when abundance permits, in First Nations fisheries in Canada. Canadian First Nations fisheries in the Okanagan River will be based on escapement indices determined by counts at Wells Dam on the Columbia River in Washington State. First Nations harvest for FSC purposes is expected to occur when abundance and migration into the river permit (migration timing into the river affected by water temperature). 3.1.8. Nimpkish Sockeye The objective for Nimpkish sockeye is to minimize the impact of Canadian fisheries.

Nimpkish sockeye are harvested in commercial net and troll fisheries in Queen Charlotte Strait and Queen Charlotte Sound. Time and area closures will be implemented for all sectors until late July in these areas above Lewis Point to protect this stock. 3.1.9. Earliest-timed Fraser River Chinook The objective for 2005/2006 is to minimize harvest in all approach fisheries and to limit harvest levels in Fraser River First Nations fisheries to levels similar, or less than in previous years.

In recent years, the earliest-timed Fraser River chinook (i.e. Birkenhead, Spius, Coldwater, upper Chilcotin stocks) have displayed escapements that are at stable, but low levels. A portion of these chinook are harvested in the north coast, WCVI, Juan de Fuca and in the Fraser River, with the largest majority of the harvest by First Nations in the lower Fraser River. Discussions will be undertaken with these groups on fishing plans that are consistent with previous years. 3.1.10. Inshore Rockfish The objective for inshore rockfish is to introduce conservation strategies that will reverse declines and ensure stock rebuilding is secured. A fishing mortality rate of less than two percent (all Pacific Region fisheries) will be required to achieve this objective.

Fishing mortality rate is defined as the proportion of the rockfish population in B.C. that dies annually due to fishing activity. This fishing mortality includes not only the catch but also the encounters released. Closed areas for the protection of inshore rockfish will be required to protect populations and control fishing mortality within selected areas of the B.C. coast.

Management actions to address inshore rockfish conservation concerns are developed to achieve the objectives for fishing mortality rates and closed area coverage. The actions taken to address fishing mortality objectives will apply to commercial and recreational fisheries. Not all fishing activity is prohibited in the closed areas; harvesting activities that will not impact on rockfish are permitted. A list of permitted activities within the Rockfish Conservation Areas can be found in Appendix 2.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 23 of 132

To evaluate these objectives, biological and catch data will be collected and analysed, and a stock assessment framework will be developed to monitor the effectiveness of management measures over time and to ensure conservation and rebuilding objectives are achieved.

Updates will be posted on the Rockfish Conservation Strategy Internet at:

www-comm.pac.dfo- mpo.gc.ca/pages/consultations/fisheriesmgmt/rockfish/default_e.htm 3.1.11. Mainland Inlet Pinks Pink salmon stocks throughout the coast experience wide variations in rates of return. The return of pink salmon to the Mainland Inlets (from Bute Inlet north to Knight Inlet) experienced a very marked decline in 2002. However, the marine survival was very high resulting in a near cycle year average escapement in 2004. Studies to determine the cause of the low return in 2002 have focused on potential causes including impact of sea lice and freshwater survivals. No specific causal factors have been identified for the decline, however investigations will continue. 3.2. First Nations Objectives The objective is to manage fisheries to ensure that, subject to conservation needs, first priority is accorded to First Nations for opportunities to harvest fish for FSC purposes and any treaty obligations.

Feedback from consultation sessions is relied on to measure the performance of providing first priority to First Nations for opportunities to catch fish for FSC purposes and any treaty obligations. 3.3. International Objectives The objective is to manage Canadian treaty fisheries to ensure that obligations within the PST are achieved.

Details can be found at the PSC Internet at: www.psc.org/Index.htm.

Review of the performance of the PST provisions occurs annually at two bilateral meetings of the Southern and Fraser River Panels of the PSC and those results are published post-season. 3.4. Domestic Allocation Objectives The objective is to manage fisheries in a manner that is consistent with the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon and the 2005 Pacific Salmon Allocation Implementation Plan.

An Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon can be found on the Internet at:

www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/publications/allocation/AllocationPolicyoct201.htm

Page 24 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

The Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon identifies the priority for allocation of salmon harvest and sets sharing arrangements for each of the three different gear groups. The sharing arrangements are considered each year in the development of fishing plans that identify allocation targets to be consistent with the sharing arrangements. The allocation targets are used as a general guide and may be adjusted in-season to address unexpected conditions. This is further explained in Section 4.1.7.

Catch estimates and pricing surveys are summarized annually and compared with pre-season objectives. This information was considered in allocation consultations that occurred prior to the development of this plan. 3.5. Enforcement Objectives The objective is to ensure compliance with acts and regulations and the fishery plan associated with the management of Pacific salmon.

Enforcement priorities will be given to:

• Habitat protection consistent with the implementation of Environmental Process Modernization Plan. • Enforcement of measures designed to protect stocks of concern, e.g. Interior Fraser River coho, WCVI chinook, Sakinaw and Cultus Lake sockeye, and inshore rockfish stocks. • Monitoring of mandatory selective fishing measures such as provisions for revival tanks, brailing, Alaska twist nets, catch reporting requirements (i.e. hail-ins and log books), short sets, barbless hooks (recreational and troll) and non-retention of prohibited species. • Illegal sales of salmon in all areas.

In 2005, specific objectives for the salmon fishery will be to focus enforcement/monitoring efforts on:

• Increased compliance checks in the Fraser River including an increased presence on the fishing grounds (vessel, vehicle and air patrols), work to curtail illegal sales, which will require additional work in fish processing and storage facilities. • Illegal harvest and sales in key areas of concern. • Log book and in-season catch reporting in all commercial salmon fisheries. • Work with stakeholders to increase compliance. • Retention of prohibited species, i.e. coho and steelhead. • Closed time patrols. • Bag limits, non-retention and closed areas in the recreational fishery. 3.6. Salmon Enhancement Objectives The SEP in B.C., Canada was undertaken in 1977 primarily to rebuild stocks and increase catch through the expanded use of enhancement technology. The program is now comprised of nearly 300 projects across B.C. and the Yukon and includes hatcheries, fishways, spawning and rearing channels, and small classroom incubators. Projects range in size from spawning channels

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 25 of 132

producing nearly 100 million juvenile salmon annually to school classroom incubators releasing fewer than one thousand juveniles. Projects are operated by DFO staff or contracted to community and First Nation groups, as well as by volunteers with some DFO support. Up to 10,000 volunteers participate in the program annually. SEP also works with First Nations, industry, community groups and other government agencies to design and implement habitat restoration projects.

The information on proposed production targets at large facilities operated by DFO staff has been provided to allow stakeholder comment (see Tables 1a to 1e). In subsequent years, information on other enhancement and habitat related activities will also be incorporated into the IFMP. In 2005, DFO is working with community partners to review the hatcheries operated by communities under contract to DFO. This review will provide recommendations on future program direction. Community partners will play an important role in the review to ensure community objectives are met. No changes are currently proposed to community hatchery programs, although this is a possible outcome of the review. Production targets for community hatcheries will not be included in the IFMP until the review is completed. However, some stocks enhanced by community partners that may affect harvest plans have been identified in the text below. 3.6.1. Proposed 2005 Brood Production Targets Release targets are determined pre-season for each stock and consider potential adult production based on average marine survival rates. Egg targets are based on the release target, taking into account average incubation to release survival rates. The number of adults to be collected for broodstock is based on average fecundities. Hatcheries may collect additional eggs to supply to other programs to re-establish runs, for education programs and to researchers. These additional eggs are not included in the hatchery egg target in the following tables. Expected adults are calculated based on long-term average survivals for the species, area and stage at release and may not reflect current marine survivals.

In 2004, DFO reduced the number of fish released from some DFO operated facilities. No further reductions are proposed for the 2005 brood.

3.6.1.1. Chinook

Chinook in the south coast are largely enhanced to support important recreational fishery opportunities in marine and freshwater areas. Production will be maintained at 2004 brood levels, with the exception of Harrison chinook from the Chehalis Hatchery. Releases to the Chehalis/Harrison will be discontinued, except for a small release of larger smolts which will be coded-wire tagged. Previous production releases were of smaller smolts, similar in body size to the natural Harrison life history. The natural Harrison River population has rebuilt and reduced the need for continued enhancement. Releases of larger smolts will result in higher marine survival and will provide better exploitation and survival rate information for stock assessment purposes.

Page 26 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Production will be maintained for stocks enhanced for rebuilding purposes, although targets and release strategies may change if opportunities and constraints are identified.

• In spite of a successful Captive Brood Program, concerns remain for Puntledge summer run chinook. In 2005, further measures will be discussed to aid in re-building this stock. • Additional in-stream incubators have been funded through the PST to speed the re-establishment of Campbell River chinook (Quinsam Hatchery) into restored habitats. • Additional efforts will be taken in future years to achieving egg targets for Nahmint chinook by reducing the Somass River (Robertson Creek Hatchery) coho egg target. This will allow greater flexibility in chinook fishery management in Alberni Inlet. Resources will not be available until 2006 brood, since coho are reared for a full year at the hatchery. • Enhanced production of Squamish River chinook salmon will remain stable in 2005 to aid rebuilding of this population. Habitat restoration projects continue to be developed on the major spawning tributaries in this watershed and in the estuary. Discussions will continue on means of improving the effectiveness of hatchery and habitat restoration programs within the Squamish River watershed. • A number of Lower Fraser River tributaries support small, genetically distinct populations of chinook, including Upper Pitt River, Upper Chilliwack River, Big Silver Creek, Sloquet Creek, upper and lower Lillooet Rivers and Birkenhead River. Three populations (Upper Chilliwack, Big Silver and Birkenhead) will be reviewed in 2005 to identify the role the enhancement program might take in their conservation. In the upper Fraser River it is difficult to estimate escapement and harvest brood stock because of low abundance and large geographic distribution. • Maria Slough chinook salmon existed in one side channel of the lower Fraser River. Habitat improvement and enhancement in partnership with Seabird Island First Nation have rebuilt the population from a low of 20 spawners to over 1,000. Nearby side channel habitats suitable for this stock are now receiving both habitat restoration and fish culture support to further improve this chinook population. In 2005, a modest increase in hatchery smolt releases is proposed to speed the re-establishment of this population into restored habitats. • Significant funds have been acquired by community partners to work on cooperative habitat restoration programs with DFO in the summer of 2005.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 27 of 132

Table 1(a): Proposed 2005 Brood Production Targets for Chinook

2004 Brood Targets 2005 Brood Proposed Project Species Stock Run Stage Eggs Release Eggs Release Exp Adult Big Chinook Big 3 Smolt 0+ 4,500,000 3,735,000 4,500,000 3,735,000 7,097 Qualicum Qualicum R R Capilano Chinook Capilano R 3 Smolt 0+ 900,000 560,000 900,000 560,000 5,600 R Chehalis R Chinook Big Silver 2 Smolt 0+ 0 0 40,000 25,000 268 Cr Chehalis R 2 UpFr Red 500,000 390,000 500,000 390,000 1,560 Harrison R 3 Fed Spr 3,000,000 1,950,000 342,000 0 0 Smolt 0+ 300,000 300,000 3,210 Chemainus Chinook Chemainus 3 Smolt 0+ 250,000 180,000 250,000 180,000 3,114 R R Chilliwack Chinook Chilliwack 2 Smolt 0+ 0 0 75,000 50,000 2,150 R R UpFr Red 500,000 410,000 500,000 410,000 1,640 3 Smolt 0+ 1,500,000 1,200,000 1,500,000 1,200,000 51,600 Conuma R Chinook Burman R 3 Smolt 0+ 500,000 400,000 500,000 400,000 4,800 Conuma R 3 Seapen0+ 2,100,000 1,700,000 2,100,000 1,700,000 51,000 Gold R 3 Smolt 0+ 50,000 40,000 50,000 40,000 480 Muchalat R 3 Smolt 0+ 150,000 120,000 150,000 120,000 1,440 Sucwoa R 3 Seapen0+ 50,000 40,000 50,000 40,000 1,200 Tahsis R 3 Smolt 0+ 250,000 200,000 250,000 200,000 2,400 Tlupana R 3 Seapen0+ 50,000 40,000 50,000 40,000 1,200 Inch Cr Chinook Maria Sl 2 Smolt 0+ 100,000 70,000 150,000 100,000 1,370 Stave R 3 Smolt 0+ 290,000 210,000 290,000 210,000 2,877 L Chinook L Qualicum 3 Smolt 0+ 3,500,000 2,500,000 3,500,000 2,500,000 8,750 Qualicum R R Nitinat R Chinook Nitinat R 3 Smolt 0+ 2,500,000 1,000,000 2,500,000 1,000,000 11,600 Seapen0+ 1,000,000 1,000,000 14,700 Sarita R 3 Smolt 0+ 550,000 400,000 550,000 400,000 4,640 Seapen0+ 100,000 100,000 1,470 Puntledge Chinook Puntledge 2 Smolt 0+ 2,400,000 1,800,000 2,400,000 1,800,000 2,160 R R 3 Smolt 0+ 2,000,000 1,550,000 2,000,000 1,550,000 1,860 Quinsam Chinook Quinsam R 3 Egg Plnt 4,150,000 500,000 4,700,000 1,000,000 3,000 R Smolt 0+ 2,150,000 2,150,000 3,870 Seapen0+ 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,800 Robertson Chinook Nahmint R 3 Smolt 0+ 500,000 430,000 500,000 430,000 8,170 Cr Robertson 3 Smolt 0+ 7,200,000 6,000,000 7,200,000 6,000,000 114,000 Cr

Page 28 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

2004 Brood Targets 2005 Brood Proposed Project Species Stock Run Stage Eggs Release Eggs Release Exp Adult Smolt 1+ 27,000 27,000 130 Shuswap Chinook Shuswap R 2 Smolt 0+ 550,000 500,000 550,000 500,000 4,550 R Low Shuswap R 2 Smolt 0+ 300,000 250,000 300,000 250,000 2,025 Mid Spius Cr Chinook Coldwater 1 Smolt 1+ 90,000 50,000 90,000 50,000 500 R Nicola R 1 Smolt 1+ 160,000 120,000 160,000 120,000 1,200 Salmon 1 Smolt 1+ 120,000 70,000 120,000 70,000 700 R/TOMF Spius Cr 1 Smolt 1+ 90,000 50,000 90,000 50,000 500 Tenderfoot Chinook Porteau Cv 2 Smolt 0+ 1,400,000 0 1,400,000 400,000 1,160 Cr Seapen0+ 1,200,000 800,000 4,000

¹Entry timing of returning adults 1=spring 2=summer 3=fall 4=winter

3.6.1.2. Coho

Enhancement of coho is largely undertaken to support hatchery mark-selective recreational fishery opportunities in South Coast marine areas and terminal marine and freshwater areas adjacent to hatchery facilities. Production will continue at the same level as for 2004 brood, with a few exceptions:

• Production of adipose clipped smolts for harvest opportunities will continue for stocks supporting hatchery mark-selective recreational fishery opportunities (Inch, Norrish, Stave, Capilano, Chilliwack, Tenderfoot, Chehalis, and Cogburn in the Lower Mainland; MacLean Bay on the Sunshine Coast; and Big Qualicum, Nitinat, Puntledge, Quinsam and Robertson on Vancouver Island). • Production at Tenderfoot Hatchery will shift from rebuilding selected tributary stocks throughout the watershed to enhancing the Cheakamus (Tenderfoot) and Mamquam stocks to support a hatchery mark-selective fishery in the lower Squamish system. • Production at Inch Creek Hatchery will be adjusted to match the capacity of the streams to support recreational effort. • Releases of fry into Big Qualicum River will be discontinued, as supplementation of the natural habitat is not needed. Releases of fry into Puntledge River will be continued due to concerns about the effect of high water temperatures on spawners below Comox Lake. • Robertson Creek coho target will be reduced in order to redirect resources toward Nahmint chinook. This may result in reductions to the surplus returns provided to the local First Nation.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 29 of 132

• Releases of Conuma River coho will be resumed to contribute to the developing river fishery. • A few community hatcheries may provide potential opportunities for small hatchery mark-selective fisheries on local streams (Alouette, Kanaka, Seymour, Serpentine, Nicomekl, Little Campbell, and Coquitlam in the Lower Fraser River Area Chapman and Lang creeks on the Sunshine Coast and Fanny Bay, Nanaimo and San Juan, Quatse River on the Vancouver Island).

Re-establishment and rebuilding of coho runs in small urban streams will continue in 2005.

Numerous habitat restoration and fish culture programs are underway on many watersheds within the Lower Fraser River, the Sunshine Coast and Vancouver Island. Balanced against these efforts is increased human use of these same watersheds.

Page 30 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 1(b): Proposed 2005 Brood Production Targets for Coho

2004 Brood Targets 2005 Brood Proposed Project Species Stock Run1 Stage Eggs Release Eggs Release Exp Adult Big Coho Big 3 Fed 2,000,000 200,000 2,000,000 0 0 Qualicum Qualicum Fall R R Smolts 1,000,000 1,000,000 43,900 Capilano Coho Capilano R 3 Unfed 1,500,000 45,000 1,500,000 45,000 360 R Smolts 525,000 525,000 40,898 Seape 100,000 100,000 3,610 n Chehalis R Coho Chehalis R 3 Smolts 1,100,000 800,000 1,100,000 800,000 40,240 Chilliwack Coho Chilliwack 3 Smolts 1,700,000 1,200,000 1,400,000 1,200,000 58,920 R R Conuma R Coho Conuma R 3 Fed 0 0 100,000 52,000 Spr Smolts 40,000 Inch Cr Coho Inch Cr 3 Smolts 185,000 150,000 185,000 150,000 7,785 Nicomekl 3 Smolts 90,000 75,000 90,000 75,000 3,893 R Norrish Cr 3 Smolts 185,000 150,000 100,000 75,000 3,893 Serpentine 3 Smolts 90,000 75,000 90,000 75,000 3,893 R Stave R 3 Smolts 275,000 225,000 275,000 225,000 11,678 Nitinat R Coho Nitinat R 3 Fed 500,000 100,000 500,000 100,000 1,120 Spr Smolts 200,000 200,000 4,480 Puntledge Coho Puntledge 3 Smolts 900,000 600,000 900,000 600,000 15,600 R R Fed 200,000 200,000 1,060 Spr Quinsam R Coho Quinsam R 3 Fed 1,130,000 100,000 1,130,000 100,000 1,370 Fall Smolts 800,000 800,000 21,920 Robertson Coho Robertson 3 Smolts 740,000 600,000 476,000 400,000 11,100 Cr Cr Shuswap R Coho Duteau Cr 3 Fed 74,000 60,000 74,000 60,000 780 Spr Spius Cr Coho Coldwater 3 Fed 150,000 20,000 150,000 20,000 260 R Spr Smolts 70,000 70,000 1,820 Deadman 3 Smolts 40,000 30,000 40,000 30,000 780 R Salmon 3 Fed 170,000 100,000 170,000 100,000 1,300 R/TOMF Spr Smolts 30,000 30,000 780 Tenderfoot Coho Ashlu Cr 3 Smolts 50,000 40,000 0 0 0 Cr Cheakamus 3 Smolts 0 0 80,000 70,000 2,450 R Mamquam 3 Smolts 50,000 40,000 40,000 35,000 1,225 R

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 31 of 132

2004 Brood Targets 2005 Brood Proposed Project Species Stock Run1 Stage Eggs Release Eggs Release Exp Adult Squamish 3 Smolts 50,000 40,000 0 0 0 R Tenderfoot 3 Smolts 125,000 100,000 160,000 130,000 4,550 Cr

1 Entry timing of returning adults 1=spring 2=summer 3=fall 4=winter

3.6.1.3. Chum

The principal user of chum stocks returning to lower Fraser River hatcheries are local First Nations for ESSR purposes. Production at Vancouver Island hatcheries is undertaken to support commercial harvest. Surplus production is provided through ESSR to the local First Nations. No changes to targets are proposed. Community hatcheries, in cooperation with major facilities and habitat restoration projects, are implementing programs to re-establish and rebuild chum salmon in many small streams impacted by urban development.

Page 32 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 1(c): Proposed 2005 Brood Production Targets for Chum

2004 Brood Targets 2005 Brood Proposed Project Speci Stock Run¹ Stag Eggs Release Eggs Release Exp es e Adult Big Chum Big 3 Chan 125,000,000 54,000,000 125,000,000 54,000,000 486,000 Qualicum Qualicum Fry R R Chehalis R Chum Chehalis 3 Fed 6,400,000 6,000,000 6,400,000 6,000,000 45,600 R FW Chilliwack Chum Chilliwac 3 Unfe 1,200,000 1,100,000 1,200,000 1,100,000 7,700 R k R d Conuma R Chum Canton Cr 3 Fed 1,200,000 1,000,000 1,200,000 1,000,000 9,100 FW Conuma 3 Fed 2,600,000 1,000,000 2,600,000 1,000,000 9,100 R FW Seapen 1,000,000 1,000,000 14,800 Sucwoa R 3 Fed 1,200,000 1,000,000 1,200,000 1,000,000 9,100 FW Tlupana R 3 Fed 1,200,000 1,000,000 1,200,000 1,000,000 9,100 FW Inch Cr Chum Inch Cr 3 Fed 1,200,000 1,000,000 1,200,000 1,000,000 7,700 FW L Chum L 3 Chan 62,000,000 38,000,000 62,000,000 38,000,000 190,000 Qualicum Qualicum Fry R R Nitinat R Chum Nitinat R 3 Fed 42,000,000 25,000,000 42,000,000 25,000,000 522,500 FW Seap 10,000,000 10,000,000 209,000 en Puntledge Chum Puntledge 3 Fed 4,000,000 3,600,000 4,000,000 3,600,000 47,520 R R FW Tenderfoo Chum Tenderfoo 3 Unfe 400,000 360,000 84,000 75,000 525 t Cr t Cr d Weaver Sp Chum Weaver 3 Chan 4,125,000 2,700,000 4,125,000 2,700,000 18,900 Ch Sp Ch Fry

1 Entry timing of returning adults 1=spring 2=summer 3=fall 4=winter

3.6.1.4. Pink

Production of East Coast Vancouver Island pinks at Quinsam Hatchery is undertaken to augment the commercial fishery and provide terminal recreational fishery opportunities. Eggs for other southeast Vancouver Island projects are taken from Quinsam Hatchery in partnership with communities to rebuild pink populations and provide terminal recreational fishery opportunities.

Fraser River Pinks are present in significant numbers on odd-years only. Community hatcheries, in cooperation with major facilities and habitat restoration projects, are implementing programs to re-establish and rebuild pink salmon in many small streams impacted by urban development.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 33 of 132

Table 1(d) Proposed 2005 Brood Production Targets for Pink

2004 Brood Targets 2005 Brood Proposed Project Specie Stock Run Stage Eggs Release Eggs Release Exp s Adult Chehalis R Pink Chehalis R 3 Unfed 0 0 300,000 250,000 4,075 Puntledge R Pink Puntledge R 3 Unfed 3,500,000 2,400,000 3,500,000 2,400,000 22,560 Quinsam R Pink Quinsam R 3 Unfed 7,800,000 6,000,000 7,800,000 6,000,000 179,400 Seapen 1,000,000 1,000,000 35,700 Tenderfoot Pink Cheakamus 3 Unfed 0 0 1,250,000 1,000,000 16,300 Cr R Weaver Sp Pink Weaver Sp 3 Chan 0 0 1,920,000 921,600 15,022 Ch Ch Fry

¹Entry timing of returning adults 1=spring 2=summer 3=fall 4=winter

3.6.1.5. Sockeye

Sockeye Production will continue to focus efforts on maintaining production supporting stock conservation and sustainable fisheries. No changes to targets are proposed.

The Cultus Lake Sockeye and Sakinaw Lake Sockeye Recovery Plans will continue to be implemented. Some 2005 brood eggs will be set aside for captive brood purposes for both stocks. The remainder of the Cultus Lake sockeye collected will be incubated and reared at the Pitt Satellite isolation facility for a fall release to Cultus Lake. The remainder of the Sakinaw Sockeye collected will be incubated and reared at Ouillet Creek Hatchery and released to Sakinaw Lake. Eggs of both stocks will also be collected from captive brood adults maturing in 2005.

Shuswap Hatchery, in partnership with local First Nations, is enhancing both Upper Adams and Okanagan sockeye. Upper Adams is proposed to be enhanced only on the cycles where sufficient returns are expected to justify effort. Enhancement has been proposed for 2005 brood. The target for Okanagan sockeye will be reduced during years when Upper Adams is enhanced to accommodate the additional production.

Page 34 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 1(e) Proposed 2005 Brood Production Targets for Sockeye

2004 Brood Targets 2005 Brood Proposed

Project Species Stock Run³ Stage Eggs Release Eggs Release Exp Adult Gates Sp Sockeye Gates R 2 Chan 9,000,000 4,500,000 9,000,000 4,500,000 30,150 Ch Fry Horsefly Sockeye Horsefly 2 Chan 35,000,000 17,500,000 35,000,000 17,500,000 117,250 Sp Ch Ch Fry Nadina Sockeye Nadina R 2 Chan 7,000,000 3,500,000 7,000,000 3,500,000 23,450 Sp Ch Fry Ouillet Sockeye Sakinaw 2 Fed Spr 130,000 125,000 185,000 175,000 n/a2 Cr Lk Pitt Sockeye Cultus Lk 3 Smolts 1,000,000 750,000 1,140,000 576,000 n/a2 Satellite Pitt R Up 2 Fed Spr 2,500,000 2,000,000 2,500,000 2,000,000 18,000 Shuswap Sockeye Adams R 2 Fed Spr 0 0 1,200,000 1,000,000 9,900 R Up Okanagan 2 Fed Spr 1,400,00 1,300,000 1,000,000 900,000 8,910 Weaver Sockeye Weaver 3 Chan 65,000,000 46,800,000 65,000,000 46,800,000 313,560 Sp Ch Sp Ch Fry

1 additional releases from captive brood not included 2 expected production under review ³Entry timing of returning adults 1=spring 2=summer 3=fall 4=winter

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 35 of 132

4. DECISION GUIDELINES AND SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES

The comprehensive decision guidelines that follow outline management responses that will be invoked under a range of in-season circumstances, and the general rationale to be applied in making management decisions.

Decision guidelines are meant to capture general management approaches with the intention of working towards multi-year management plans.

Specific fishing plans for 2005 are described in Sections 5, 6 and 7. 4.1. General Decision Guidelines

4.1.1. Pre-season Planning Development of decision guidelines is part of the pre-season planning process. Development is guided by relevant departmental policies (see Section 2), scientific advice, consultation with harvesters and other interests, and the experience of fishery managers.

Pre-season decisions include the development of escapement targets, exploitation ceilings, sector allocations and enforcement objectives. 4.1.2. In-season Decisions In-season decision points vary from fishery to fishery depending on type, availability and quality of in-season information and the established advisory, consultation and decision- making processes. Decisions include opening and closure of fisheries, level of effort deemed acceptable, gear type restrictions, deployment of special projects, etc.

Where possible, in-season decisions will be consistent with pre-season plans. However, the implementation and applicability of decision guidelines and pre-season plans can be influenced in-season by a number of factors. These include unanticipated differences between pre-season forecasts and in-season run size estimates, unexpected differences in the strength and timing of co-migrating stocks, unusual migratory conditions and the availability and timeliness of in-season information. 4.1.3. Allocation Guidelines Allocation decisions are made in accordance with the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon.

Table 2 describes a generalized framework by which fishing opportunities are allocated to different fishing sectors at different abundance levels.

Page 36 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 2: Allocation Guidelines

Low Abundance High Abundance First Nations Non-Retention By-catch Directed Directed Directed FSC / Closed Retention Recreational Non-Retention Non-retention By-catch Directed Directed / Closed Retention Commercial Non-Retention Non-retention By-catch By-catch Directed / Closed Retention Retention

This table describes conceptually how First Nations, recreational and commercial fisheries might be undertaken across a range of returns. It does not imply that specific management actions for all stocks exactly follow these guidelines, but rather is an attempt to depict the broad approach. 4.1.4. First Nations - Food, Social and Ceremonial The Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon provides that after requirements for conservation, the first priority in salmon allocation is to FSC for harvest opportunities under communal FSC licences issued to First Nations, and to treaty rights for harvest opportunities for domestic purposes (consistent with Treaty Final Agreements).

While this opportunity will be provided on a priority basis, it does not mean that fishery targets for First Nations will be fully achieved before other fisheries can proceed. For example, many First Nations conduct their fishery in terminal areas while other fisheries are undertaken in marine areas or approach areas. The general guideline is that the fishing plan must adequately provide for the First Nations FSC harvests that will occur further along the migration route over a reasonable range of potential run sizes. 4.1.5. First Nations - Economic Opportunity Following the 2003 decision of the Provincial Court of B.C. in R. v. Kapp et al., the Minister of Fisheries announced that the Department would seek to reach arrangements with First Nations that will support the legitimate desire of First Nation communities to enjoy economic benefits from the fishery. The ATP under the AFS is one means by which First Nations communities may enjoy economic benefits from the fishery. Based on the 2004 B.C. Supreme Court appeal decision in R. vs Kapp, the Department negotiated a number of economic fishery arrangements with First Nations that previously had pilot sales opportunities. In the fall of 2004, the Department carried out consultations on the Joint Task Group recommendations related to integrated management of fisheries following the negotiations of treaties. It is anticipated that recommendations issuing from these discussions will guide the development of First Nations economic opportunities in the future. 4.1.6. Recreational Fisheries Under the Department’s Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon, after FSC fisheries, the recreational sector has priority to directed fisheries for chinook and coho salmon. For sockeye, pink and chum salmon, the policy states that recreational harvesters be provided predictable and stable fishing opportunities. The recreational harvest of sockeye, pink,

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 37 of 132

and chum will be limited to a maximum average of five percent of the combined recreational and commercial harvest of each species on a coast-wide basis over the period 1999 to 2005.

If stock abundance information suggests that conservation objectives cannot be attained, closures or non-retention regulation will generally be applied. In some cases, recreational fisheries with a non-retention restriction in place will remain open while First Nations FSC fisheries are closed provided the recreational fishery is not directed on the stock of concern, nor is the impact on the stock of concern significant.

Prior to a directed commercial fishery on chinook and coho, the fishing plan will provide for full daily and possession limits for the recreational sector in tidal waters. Decision guidelines may also identify considerations for changing the area of the fishery, modifying dates or changing daily limits. 4.1.7. Commercial Fisheries The Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon provides for at least 95 percent of the combined commercial and recreational sockeye, pink and chum harvest to be allocated to the commercial sector. Commercial harvest of chinook and coho salmon will occur when abundance permits and First Nations and recreational priorities are considered to have been addressed.

Specific sector target allocations are: seine 40 percent, gill net 38 percent, and troll 22 percent expressed on a sockeye equivalent basis. The ability to achieve these targets is often compromised by conservation constraints and other factors. Commercial allocation targets by area and by species are outlined in Appendix 1.

Low impact fisheries generally occur prior to those having a higher impact, particularly at low run sizes, at the start of the run when run sizes are uncertain or when stocks of concern have peaked but continue to migrate through an area.

When one commercial gear type is unlikely to achieve its allocation, the usual approach will be that the same gear type, but in a different area, will be provided opportunities to harvest the uncaught balance. If, however, a similar gear type cannot catch the balance, then the uncaught balance will be shared between groups able to harvest it.

Allocation targets are not catch targets for each sector. While the Department will usually plan and implement fisheries to harvest fish in accordance with allocation targets, opportunities may be provided that are inconsistent with the allocation targets. For example, in the case of Late Run Fraser River sockeye, the Department may choose to close marine fisheries (seine, gill net and troll) and open river fisheries (gill net) to take advantage of a low abundance of Late Run fish and significantly larger run size of Summer Run stocks.

Page 38 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.1.8. Excess Salmon to Spawning Requirements Fisheries Salmon fisheries are managed with the objective of reaching escapement targets or harvesting a certain proportion of the run. Uncertain forecasts, inaccurate in-season run size estimates and mixed-stock concerns can result in escapement to terminal areas that are in excess of their required habitat or hatchery spawning capacity. In these cases, ESSR fisheries may occur.

The Department will attempt, wherever practical, to eliminate or minimize ESSR by harvesting in the FSC, recreational, and commercial fisheries. It is not the intention of the Department to establish new ESSR fisheries to displace existing fisheries.

First priority will be to use identified surpluses to meet outstanding FSC requirements which cannot be met through approved FSC fisheries. This may be done under a communal licence. As a second priority, the local band or Tribal Council may be offered the opportunity to harvest all or part of the surplus under an ESSR licence. 4.1.9. Selective Fisheries Selective fishing is defined as the ability to avoid non-target fish, invertebrates, seabirds, and marine mammals or, if encountered, to release them alive and unharmed. Selective fishing technology and practices will be adopted where appropriate in all fisheries in the Pacific Region, and there will be attempts to continually improve harvesting gear and related practices.

The continued development of selective fishing techniques has taken on more importance as a result of heightened conservation concerns on identified stocks as well as a stronger focus on protection of small stocks. The Selective Fisheries Program (1998 to 2001) began the widespread exploration of selective gear and methods. Currently, selective gear and methods are widely used and required in all fisheries. More recently development has focused on refining the most promising techniques.

Selective harvesting standards will be set in the context of the Policy for Selective Fishing in Canada’s Pacific Fisheries and the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon. In the future, priority will be given to those who have demonstrated the ability to meet or exceed the selective fishing standards. The Department encourages the incorporation of selective fishing experiments into regular fisheries where appropriate in order to realize cost savings.

The Canadian commercial fishing sector has responded positively to this growing conservation consciousness by developing its own Canadian Code of Conduct for Responsible Fishing Operations. Over 80 percent of Canada’s fishing organizations have signed on and ratified the Code that is overseen by a Responsible Fishing Board. Similarly, the recreational sector in the Pacific Region, through the SFAB, developed a Code of Conduct for recreational anglers. First Nations have also embraced the principles of selective fishing by adopting more selective fishing gear, as often these types of gear reflect a traditional way of fishing for many First Nations.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 39 of 132

4.1.10. By-catch Management The inadvertent harvest of different species of concern is referred to as by-catch. The inadvertent harvest of stocks of concern within the same species (i.e. Cultus Lake sockeye when harvesting Summer Run sockeye) is referred to as incidental harvest. Both by-catch and incidental harvest are factored into the calculation of exploitation rates on various stocks, and therefore, fishing plans are designed to be consistent with existing policies and to keep exploitation rates on stocks of concern within the limits described in the conservation objectives (Section 3.1).

All harvest groups have recommended that the Department consult on by-catch/incidental harvest allocations. However, the Department does not allocate by-catch or portions of the acceptable exploitation rate on stocks of concern. Rather the Department considers a number of fishing plan options and attempts to address a range of objectives including minimizing by-catch. 4.2. Chinook - AABM/ISBM Management Chinook fisheries in southern B.C. are managed under the umbrella of the PST, with domestic considerations for stocks of concern, allocation between sectors of the fishery, and application of selective fishing practices. 4.2.1. PST Chinook Abundance Based Management Framework The basis for managing fisheries impacting chinook from Alaska to Oregon is the chinook abundance based management system in the PST. This management system was adopted in 1999 and will define harvests of chinook through 2008. Two types of fisheries were identified in this agreement. The mixed-stock aggregate fisheries of Southeast Alaska, northern B.C., and WCVI are managed on the forecast abundance of the aggregate of stocks (AABM fisheries). In the AABM fisheries a total allowable catch is determined based on the forecast abundance of the aggregate of stocks. Along the WCVI the AABM fishery includes First Nations FSC fisheries, the WCVI troll fishery and the “outside” recreational fishery. Fisheries are managed based on a chinook fishery year which extends from October to September.

For the remaining fisheries, the 1999 agreement imposed a limit on the harvest rate for any individual stock (ISBM). Under ISBM, fisheries are regulated to limit impacts on individual stock groups. In Canada, the harvest rate in all ISBM fisheries was limited to 65 percent of the historic (or base period) harvest rate on each stock group. ISBM fisheries in southern B.C. include commercial net and troll fisheries directed at chinook as well as other species, recreational fisheries from Johnstone Strait to Juan de Fuca Strait, Fraser River tidal and non-tidal waters, as well as the inshore fishery along the WCVI. First Nations fisheries are also included.

Further explanation and the text of the chinook agreement can be found on the PSC Internet site at:

www.psc.org/Index.htm

Page 40 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.2.2. Domestic Considerations Within the PST chinook management framework, Canadian domestic policy will further define fishing opportunities. The domestic objectives or policies which will most affect fishing opportunities include conservation, A Policy Framework for Conservation of Wild Pacific Salmon, the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon, and the Policy for Selective Fishing in Canada’s Pacific Fisheries. Domestic conservation concerns may reduce the TAC to levels less than identified under the PST chinook AABM fisheries, and may limit opportunities in the ISBM fisheries. For example, since abundance of WCVI wild chinook was “critically” low in recent years, domestic fisheries were limited below the TAC prescribed in the PST for the AABM fishery. In addition, harvest rates were reduced in terminal recreational and First Nations fisheries. Allowable catch is allocated to sectors according to the priorities set out in the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon. Similarly, restrictions in the ISBM fisheries will be imposed in accordance with priorities outlined in the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon. Selective fishing practices are also taken into account when developing fishing opportunities. 4.2.3. Stock Status Outlook For 2005, abundance in the AABM area is provisionally forecasted to be 175,000 chinook. This forecast will provide for an anticipated harvest of approximately 5,000 chinook in the First Nations fisheries, 40,000 chinook in “outside” recreational fisheries and 130,000 chinook in the WCVI commercial Area G troll fishery. The PSC will provide a reforecast of abundance in April which will guide management for the balance of the chinook fishery year.

Stock aggregates with “low” abundance will limit both AABM and ISBM fisheries. WCVI wild chinook are in “low to moderate” status and will require some limitations on overall exploitation. Other southern B.C. chinook populations that are forecasted to have “low” returns include Birkenhead (lower Fraser River Spring Run), some of the earliest timing upper Fraser River chinook (i.e. Birkenhead, Spius, Coldwater, upper Chilcotin stocks) and some components of Strait of Georgia chinook. Limiting harvest of these stocks will require shaping of fisheries to limit impact in times and areas where these stocks are prevalent.

In contrast, there are several stocks exhibiting “high” abundance in recent years, including the Summer Run chinook destined to spawn in the South Thompson River watershed and the lower Fraser River Fall Run chinook. 4.2.4. Fishery Guidelines Shaping of fisheries will be required to limit impact on chinook stocks forecast to return at “low” levels, including the WCVI wild chinook and some Spring Run chinook returning to the Fraser River and Strait of Georgia.

Management measures are also taken in chinook AABM and ISBM fisheries to limit impacts on co-migrating stocks of concern such as Interior Fraser River coho. Table 3(a) outlines the risks to co-migrating stocks posed by AABM fisheries targeting chinook.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 41 of 132

Table 3(a): Assessment of Risk of Impact on Stocks of Concern during Chinook Fisheries in the AABM Management Area of the WCVI

Fishery Period Risk of Impact on Stocks of Concern October to February Low Risk. Fisheries in October are outside the migration period and area for several stocks of concern, including upper Fraser River and Thompson River coho, WCVI chinook, and earliest timed Spring Run Fraser River chinook. Catch will be comprised of fish returning in subsequent calendar year or later. The majority of the chinook catch will be of stocks of U.S. and lower Fraser River origin. March to May Moderate Risk. Some evidence of upper Fraser River Spring Run fish migrating through the area (earliest timed component of upper Fraser River Spring Run chinook should be in lower Fraser River). Specific concerns for earliest timed component of upper Fraser River chinook. Some evidence of increased incidence of Strait of Georgia chinook especially in May. Coho have not recruited to fishery yet. June to mid September Moderate to High Risk. Monitoring of coho encounters in early to mid-June is required. Risk increases as coho recruit to fishery. Stocks of concern, including upper Fraser River coho are prevalent. Selective fishing methods may reduce risk by avoiding coho. Concerns for impacts on returning local WCVI stocks. Offshore fishing may reduce risk by avoiding WCVI chinook. Late September Low Risk. Coho impacts reduced because nearing end of migration out of WCVI area. WCVI chinook may be avoided by area restrictions.

Because there is a TAC identified for the AABM management area, targeted chinook fisheries are planned for First Nations, recreational, and commercial sectors in 2005. Table 3b describes management measures that will be taken to minimize impacts on stocks of concern in AABM chinook fisheries.

Page 42 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 3(b): Stock Outlook and Management Actions Anticipated in AABM Chinook Fisheries to Limit Impacts on Stocks of Concern

Stock of Stock Outlook First Nations Recreational Commercial Concern for 2005 Fishery Fishery Fishery (Constraint) WCVI Low to moderate Harvest levels Ongoing terminal Time and area Chinook outlook for outlined in area restrictions closures to be returns in 2005. communal for wild stocks of implemented (i.e. Good returns to licences will be concern. avoid inshore hatchery systems primary fisheries during for all age management tool Max. size limit in the time period classes. for the First conservation July to Concerns persist Nations fishery. zone (daily limit September). for wild stocks of two chinook, including but only one > Clayoquot and 77cm) Nahmint stocks. South Coast Status is low. Harvest levels Retention will be Non retention of Coho Returns expected outlined in limited to SHMF coho (Including to be below communal coho only. Interior average. Interior licences will be Fraser River) Fraser coho primary designated as management tool “endangered” by for managing the COSEWIC. First Nations fishery. Earliest Returns are Harvest levels Time and area Timed expected to outlined in closures to (Spring) continue to be communal minimize impact Upper Fraser below or well licences will be on this stock of Chinook below long term primary tool for concern. average or target managing First levels. Nations fishery.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 43 of 132

Stock of Stock Outlook First Nations Recreational Commercial Concern for 2005 Fishery Fishery Fishery (Constraint) Strait of Lower Strait of Harvest levels Anticipate Time and area Georgia Georgia chinook outlined in specific time and closures, reduced Chinook have been communal area closures harvest levels in identified as licences will be implemented to May and June “stocks of primary tool for conserve Lower concern” with managing First Strait of Georgia continued failure Nations fishery. stocks. to meet escapement targets. Returns expected to range from average to below average, similar to past few years.

In the ISBM management area inside of Vancouver Island, fisheries are constrained in order to meet PST obligations to reduce chinook harvest rates from historic levels. To meet this requirement in mixed-stock fisheries, there is generally non-retention of chinook in commercial fisheries (though by-catch retention is allowed in some troll and gill net fisheries), recreational fisheries targeting chinook have a bag limit and annual limits, and First Nations are provided limited opportunities for FSC purposes only. In particular, management action will be taken to further reduce impacts on Strait of Georgia origin chinook in 2005. Further fishery opportunities may be provided in-season in terminal locations with an identified surplus. Table 39(c) summarizes management actions taken in ISBM management areas to reduce impacts on stocks of concern.

Page 44 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 3(c): Management Actions Anticipated in ISBM Chinook Fisheries to Limit Impacts on Stocks of Concern

Stock of Stock Outlook First Nation Recreational Commercial Concern for 2004 Fishery Fishery Fishery (Constraint) WCVI Chinook Concerns for age Time, area, gear Time and area Time and area four and age five restrictions and closures, closures during returns in 2005. communal maximum size the July to Good returns to licence harvest limit in September hatchery systems targets will be conservation period will be for all age primary tools zone (daily limit primary tools classes. used in of two chinook, used in Concerns persist management of but only 1 > management of for Clayoquot the First Nations 77cm) and daily, the commercial and Nahmint fishery. possession, fishery. River. Measures will annual harvest vary dependent limits will be on geographic primary tools area and used in associated management of impacts on the recreational individual fishery. stocks. Measures implemented will vary by geographic area.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 45 of 132

Stock of Stock Outlook First Nation Recreational Commercial Concern for 2004 Fishery Fishery Fishery (Constraint) South Coast Status is Low. Time, area, gear Time and area Non-retention of Coho Returns restrictions and closures, SHMF coho, gear (Including expected to be communal and daily, restrictions (i.e. Interior Fraser below average. licence harvest possession limits barbless hooks) River) Interior Fraser targets will be will be primary will be primary coho designated primary tools tools used in tools used in as “endangered” used in management of management of by COSEWIC. management of the recreational commercial the First Nations fishery. fishery. fishery. Measures Measures will implemented vary dependent will vary by on geographic geographic area. area and associated impacts on individual stocks. Earliest Timed Returns are Time, area, gear Time and area No directed (Spring) Upper expected to restrictions and closures, and commercial Fraser Chinook continue to be communal daily, chinook salmon below or well licence harvest possession, fisheries below long term targets will be annual harvest anticipated in average or target primary tools limits will be ISBM waters. levels. used in primary tools management of used in the First Nations management of fishery. the recreational Measures will fishery. vary dependent Measures on geographic implemented area and will vary by associated geographic area. impacts on individual stocks.

Page 46 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Stock of Stock Outlook First Nation Recreational Commercial Concern for 2004 Fishery Fishery Fishery (Constraint) Strait of Returns Time, area, gear Time and area No directed Georgia expected to restrictions and closures, and commercial Chinook range from communal daily, chinook salmon average to below licence harvest possession, fisheries average, similar targets will be annual harvest anticipated in to past few primary tools limits will be ISBM waters. years. used in primary tools management of used in the First Nations management of fishery. the recreational Measures will fishery. vary dependent Measures on geographic implemented area and will vary by associated geographic area. impacts on individual stocks. North Returns No impacts from Daily/ No directed Vancouver expected to be First Nations Possession commercial Island / Central well below directed chinook limits/Gear chinook salmon Coast Sockeye average. fisheries restriction (i.e. fisheries anticipated. barbless hook). anticipated in Time and area ISBM waters. sockeye non- retention. 4.3. ABM Coho Coho fisheries in southern B.C. are managed under the umbrella of the PST, with domestic considerations for stocks of concern, allocation between sectors of the fishery, and application of selective fishing practices. 4.3.1. Pacific Salmon Treaty Coho Abundance Based Management Framework The basis for managing fisheries impacting wild coho originating from southern B.C., Washington State, and Oregon is set out in the PST. This abundance based management system was adopted in 2002 and will define harvests of Southern coho through 2008. The ABM plan constrains total fishery exploitation of key stock management units, including Strait of Georgia mainland, Strait of Georgia Vancouver Island, lower Fraser River, and Interior Fraser River. Other Canadian management units of domestic importance include the WCVI, Johnstone Strait - Mainland Inlets, and the Central Coast. In the U.S., the management units relevant to the agreement include the Skagit River, the Stilliguamish, the Snohomish, Hood Canal, tributaries to the Strait of Juan de Fuca, the

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 47 of 132

Quillayute, the Hoh, Queets, and Grays Harbour. For each of these management units, annual limits of fishing mortality will be established based on the level of abundance and the health of the wild stocks. The text of the agreement and formulae for sharing between the two countries can be found on the PSC Internet site at:

www.psc.org/Index.htm

Under the principles of coho ABM management, as stocks become less abundant, more stringent fishery management actions will be implemented. As stocks become more abundant, increased fishing opportunities will be considered. 4.3.2. Domestic Considerations Within the PST coho management framework, Canadian domestic policy will further define fishing opportunities. The domestic objectives or policies that will most affect fishing opportunities include conservation objectives, A Policy Framework for Conservation of Wild Pacific Salmon, the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon, and A Policy for Selective Fishing in Canada’s Pacific Fisheries. Domestic conservation concerns may limit total fishing mortality to a level less than stipulated in the PST coho ABM. For example, if abundance is “critically” low, such as the case with Interior Fraser River coho in recent years, domestic fisheries may be limited below the lowest allowable exploitation identified by the coho ABM agreement. Allowable catch is allocated to sectors according to the priorities set out in the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon. Selective fishing practices are also taken into account when developing fishing opportunities. 4.3.3. Stock Status Outlook For 2005, the status of southern B.C. stocks remains low to moderate. Survival rates do not appear to be improving in most areas. Currently, the four management units in the Fraser River and Strait of Georgia will remain at “low” status. The status of WCVI will probably be moderate. It is also likely that status will be moderate in the northern part of the Johnstone Strait; Mainland Inlets management unit but low in the south (Area 13 and part of Area 12). The status of coho in two management units in Puget Sound was “abundant” in 2004. Status designations are not available yet for the other two units in Puget Sound. The limiting factor in Canadian fisheries remains Interior Fraser River coho. 4.3.4. Fishery Guidelines Management of salmon fisheries in southern B.C. will be shaped to accommodate the status level of coho within management units defined by the PST. Table 4(a) summarizes the general fishery management approaches by fishery sector associated with each status level (critically low, low, moderate, and abundant).

Page 48 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 4(a): Southern B.C. Coho Mixed-Stock Fishery Guidelines Coho Abundance / Status Level (Three Levels within PSC Coho ABM and Four Levels in Domestic Canadian Management) PSC STATUS LOW MODERATE ABUNDANT

DOMESTIC Critically Low Low Moderate Abundant Objective: No Objective: Objective: Objective: directed fisheries Fisheries Normal fisheries Extensive and avoidance. uncertain and are probable. fisheries are likely small. likely. First Non-directed Opportunities Regular FSC Regular FSC Nations FSC fisheries and will range from fisheries. fisheries. Fisheries avoidance, very limited directed limited by- fisheries to catches regular FSC permitted. fisheries. Recreational Severe A combination of Up to normal Normal limits. Fisheries restrictions in SHMF and limits, marked approach areas, limited retention and un-marked. non-retention and fisheries are avoidance possible, through time and depending upon area closures. time and area Selective under hatchery mark consideration. fishery (SHMF) may be considered. Commercial Severe Generally non- Generally non- Some non- - Net restrictions retention and retention and retention and Fisheries including time selective fishing selective fishing increased and area closures, practices. practices. potential for by- non-retention and Potential for Potential for catch retention avoidance. limited by-catch limited by-catch for gill nets and Selective fishing retention for gill retention for gill seines. practices are nets. nets. required.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 49 of 132

Coho Abundance / Status Level (Three Levels within PSC Coho ABM and Four Levels in Domestic Canadian Management) PSC STATUS LOW MODERATE ABUNDANT

DOMESTIC Critically Low Low Moderate Abundant Commercial Severe Generally non- Limited by-catch Targeted fisheries - Troll restrictions retention and retention are likely. Fisheries including time selective fishing possible. and area closures, practices. Potential for non-retention and Potential for small target catch avoidance. limited by-catch fisheries. Selective fishing retention. practices are required.

Under “low” status, the U.S. is limited to 10 percent exploitation on coho originating from the Interior Fraser River management unit. Canadian fisheries will be managed to limit total fishing mortality to a maximum of three percent for the Interior Fraser River management unit, a level which recognizes the low status of this stock aggregate and its consideration for listing under SARA. The three percent limit on exploitation will result in management actions that limit encounters of wild coho in southern B.C. fisheries where Interior Fraser River coho are prevalent, that is, in waters south of Cape Caution. Non-retention of wild coho will be in effect except First Nations FSC fisheries, where retention as a by-catch during fisheries for other species may be permitted, depending on the time and area of the fishery. First Nations FSC opportunities will also be considered in specific terminal systems where escapement levels as determined by counting fences are strong. Selective fishing practices will be required in all commercial and recreational fisheries. The level of compliance to selective fishing standards will be monitored. Poor selective fishing practices during periods of high prevalence of Interior Fraser River coho stocks may result in reduced fishing opportunities. In addition, avoidance of coho will be required during periods of high prevalence of Interior Fraser River coho.

Coho fishing mortality will be determined from estimated encounters, fishing effort levels, best estimate of the proportion of Interior Fraser River stocks within the total encounters, and an average release mortality rate.

Directed coho fisheries will be constrained when there is evidence of co-migrating stocks of concern. Table 4(b) summarizes management actions that will be taken to limit impacts on salmon stocks of concern encountered in coho fisheries.

Page 50 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 4(b): Management Actions in Coho Fisheries to Limit Impacts on Stocks of Concern

Stock of Stock Outlook First Nation Recreational Commercial Concern for 2005 Fishery Fishery Fishery (Constraint) Strait of Status is Low. Time and area Time and area No directed Georgia Coho Returns closures and closures, gear commercial (Including expected to be harvest levels restrictions (i.e. coho fisheries Lower Fraser) below average. outlined in barbless hooks) anticipated in communal licences and daily and coho ABM will be the primary possession limits areas. management tool will be the for the First primary Nations fishery. management tools Measures applied applied to the will be dependent recreational on geographic area fishery. Measures and anticipated applied will be impact on specific dependent on stock groups. geographic area and anticipated impact on specific stock groups. See Section 6. Interior Status is Low. Time and area Time and area No directed Fraser River Returns are closures and closures, gear commercial Coho expected to be harvest levels restrictions (i.e. coho fisheries below desired outlined in barbless hooks) anticipated in levels. communal licences and daily and coho ABM Designated as will be the primary possession limits areas. “endangered” management tool will be the by COSEWIC. for the First primary Nations fishery. management tools Measures applied applied to the will be dependent recreational on geographic area fishery. Measures and anticipated applied will be impact on specific dependent on stock groups. geographic area and anticipated impact on specific stock groups. See Section 6.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 51 of 132

The ABM approach will substantially reduce coho exploitation below historic levels, and may result in some terminal surpluses. Terminal selective fishery opportunities and by-catch retention may be considered in-season in locations in which coho surpluses are identified. 4.4. Fraser River Sockeye Decision Guidelines

4.4.1. Background Fraser River sockeye are managed on the basis of the four stock aggregates used for forecasting (Early Stuart, Early Summer, Summer, and Late Run). In recent years Birkenhead sockeye have been separated from the remaining Late Run stocks as their timing is somewhat earlier than the other stocks in this group. Spawning escapement targets and harvest rules are developed annually for each stock timing aggregate as well as for Birkenhead sockeye. 4.4.2. General Constraints Though TAC is identified on various stock groupings in most years, certain conservation and management constraints can affect harvesting opportunities. These constraints are expanded upon below. 4.4.3. Pre-season Planning Prior to each fishing season, decisions are made about spawning escapement targets, harvest rates, management priorities and identification of conservation constraints. Decisions are made based on pre-season forecasts of run size, timing, stock composition, other technical information and input from various consultative processes. Potential fishing opportunities are identified based on these pre-season guidelines. 4.4.4. Run Size Forecast Pre-season forecasts of run size at various probability levels are developed for major sockeye stocks within the four stock aggregates (Early Stuart, Early Summer, Summer and Late). The 75 percent probability forecast indicates that the actual number of returning sockeye salmon has a 75 percent chance of being larger than what is forecast, while the 50 percent forecast is the mid-range forecast. These forecasts are reviewed and approved by PSARC and are summarized in Table 5. Forecasting methodology is found on the PSARC Internet site at:

www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/sci/psarc/

Page 52 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 5: Pre-season Fraser River Sockeye Salmon Run Size Forecasts for 2005 by Stock Group and Probability Level

Sockeye Probability of Achieving Specified Run Sizes a stock/timing Forecast Meanc Run Sizec group modelb all cycles 2005 cycle 0.25 0.5 0.75 0.8 0.9 Early Stuart Fry 348,000 893,000 383,000 258,000 175,000 158,000 120,000 Early Summer 489,000 316,000 1,301,000 718,000 391,000 338,000 224,000 Fennell Ricker 28,000 18,000 74,000 40,000 22,000 19,000 13,000 Bow ron Pow er 23,000 14,000 44,000 28,000 18,000 16,000 12,000 Raft Pow er 25,000 20,000 182,000 106,000 62,000 54,000 38,000 Gates R/S 68,000 51,000 103,000 57,000 31,000 27,000 18,000 Nadina Fry 75,000 76,000 194,000 106,000 58,000 50,000 33,000 Pitt Pow er 57,000 81,000 152,000 88,000 51,000 45,000 31,000 Seymour Cmean 156,000 27,000 37,000 20,000 11,000 9,000 6,000 Scotch Pow er 57,000 29,000 28,000 12,000 5,000 4,000 2,000 Mis c d R/S - - 487, 000 261, 000 133,000 114,000 71,000 Summer 5,800,000 11,873,000 15,658,000 11,048,000 7,834,000 7,196,000 5,747,000 Chilko Pooled 1,887,000 1,520,000 2,870,000 2,087,000 1,518,000 1,402,000 1,135,000 Quesnel Ricker 2,536,000 7,402,000 9,510,000 6,948,000 5,076,000 4,694,000 3,813,000 Stellako Ricker 532,000 343,000 843,000 562,000 375,000 339,000 259,000 Late Stuart Cmean 845,000 2,608,000 2,435,000 1,451,000 865,000 761,000 540,000 Late 3,378,000 1,070,000 974,000 524,000 279,000 239,000 156,000 Birkenhead Pow er 522,000 527,000 375,000 209,000 117,000 101,000 69,000 Late Shusw ap Ricker 2,316,000 92,000 33,000 18,000 9,000 8,000 5,000 Cultus Pow er 21,000 4,000 <500 <500 <500 <500 <500 Portage Pow er 63,000 87,000 47,000 23,000 11,000 9,000 6,000 Weaver R/S 456,000 360,000 207,000 108,000 57,000 48,000 31,000 Misc Shusw ape R/S - - 14,000 7,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 Misc. non-Shusw ape R/S - - 298,000 159,000 81,000 70,000 43,000 TOTAL 10,015,000 14,152,000 18,316,000 12,548,000 8,679,000 7,931,000 6,247,000

Pink Fry, Salinity 11,520,000 22,761,000 16,318,000 11,698,000 10,734,000 8,450,000

a probability that the actual run size will exceed the specified projection b see citation in footnote 2 for details c 1980-2002 mean d unforecasted miscellaneous Early Summer stocks e unforecasted miscellaneous Late stocks f based multiple regression using fry and salinity (July - Aug (see citation in footnote 1 for details)

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 53 of 132

4.4.5. Escapement Strategy Table 6 outlines an escapement target plan for Fraser River sockeye stock management units (MUs) in 2005. In past years, recommendations have been based on a rebuilding strategy used since 1989. Due to some of the shortcomings of the rebuilding strategy, recommendations based on the Fraser River Sockeye Spawning Initiative will provide the basis for the 2005 Fraser River sockeye escapement plan.

Details on the Fraser River Spawning Initiative and the escapement target plan options can be found online at:

www-ops2.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/xnet/content/consultations/salmon/sapdefault_e.htm

The full report as well as a short summary report of the work undertaken through the Fraser River Spawning Initiative have been updated and are also available at this Internet-site.

The Spawning Initiative consists of two elements. A simulation model provides the framework for exploring the effect of different management objectives (e.g. harvesters may wish to avoid years with low catch and/or ensure high abundance of spawners) and technical choices (e.g. assumptions about stock dynamics). A staged participatory process was used to review the management objectives and assumptions that are modelled, and develop recommended harvest rules.

Harvest rules have several benefits compared with the approach taken in recent years:

• The balance between conservation objectives and harvest objectives can be evaluated transparently and consistently. • The long-term performance of different harvest rules can be evaluated using forward simulations (i.e. to see how the stocks and aggregates are expected to respond to different harvest rules). • The harvest rules are developed based on long-term, strategic considerations, rather than for each year, based on the pre-season forecast.

The technical details of the simulation model have been reviewed through the PSARC, and are available on-line at:

www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/csas/

To find a balance between harvest objectives and catch objectives, the Spawning Initiative model allows a weighting the relative importance of three specific objectives:

Avoid low spawner: Strong emphasis on keeping spawner abundance above a minimum level each year, with a small emphasis on maximizing the average catch over 50 years. Disregard years with catch below minimum level.

Page 54 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Avoid low catch: Strong emphasis on keeping catch above a minimum level each year, with a small emphasis on maximizing the average catch over 50 years. Disregard years with spawner abundance below minimum level.

Compromise: Very strong emphasis on keeping spawner abundance above a minimum level each year and a very strong emphasis on keeping catch above a minimum level each year, with a small emphasis on maximizing the average catch over 50 years.

For 2005, the “Compromise” objective was used for Early Stuart and Summer MUs and the “avoid low catch” objective was used for the Early Summer MU.

Other Issues: Although Sakinaw and Cultus Lake sockeye stocks have not been listed as “endangered” within SARA the Department continues to be concerned for the health of these stocks. Consideration for fishery planning will take into account the impacts on these stocks with the primary objective of maintaining exploitation rates in the 10 to 12 percent range.

In addition Interior Fraser River (including Thompson River) coho are currently being considered within the SARA process for an “endangered” listing status. It is expected that fishery constraints will be similar to previous years to address the concerns for these coho stocks.

Other salmon stocks/species: Fraser River sockeye harvest plans will take into consideration conservation objectives for other stocks and species including Interior Fraser River coho, Nimpkish sockeye, other small sockeye stocks in Johnstone and Georgia Straits and Mainland Inlet pinks.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 55 of 132

Table 6: Fraser River Sockeye Escapement Plan for 2005. Run Size Forecasts shown at the 50 Percent Probability Level. Numbers are in Thousands of Fish

Exploitation Environmental Exploitation Run Size Run Size Escapement Cycle year adult escapement estimates Estimate Reference Points Target at Run Rate Management Rate after Interim Goal Size Stock Group (a) Guidelines Adjustment (c) EMA 1985 1989 1993 1997 2001

Early Stuart - 75 0 - 10% 238 385 688 266 171 5 00 75 244 10 - 24% 244 244 24% 25 8 2 44 2,000 194 24 - 68% 105 0%

Early Summer - 251 0 - 42% 59 51 76 59 213 5 99 251 473 42 - 46% (b) 71 8 4 73 2,331 362 46 - 65% 124 32%

Summer - 4,463 0 - 34% 1,738 2,557 5,072 3,807 4,683 3 ,124 4, 463 6,942 34 -43 % 11 ,048 6 ,942 25,000 5,262 43 - 69% 052%

Birkenhead - 147 12 29 246 5 2 57 3 42 (incl. Birk. Type 27 7 1 47 277 133 0 52% Lates) 277

true-Late - - 47 30 110 3 8 44 3 22 (excl. Birk. Type) 0 - (d) 2 47 0 210 - 15%

Sockeye Totals 1 2,548 6 ,161 2 29 2,094 3,052 6,192 4,222 5,168 4 ,887 Est. Return

1995 1997 1999 2001 2003

Pink - 7,059 7, 291 2,890 3,453 19,930 24,283 6 ,000 16 ,318 7 ,059 17,143 17 ,143

a) Reference points based on exploitation rate targets b) Interim goal includes previous amount of 399K plus 200K for Upper Adams from the 1988 Rebuilding Strategy. c) Environmental management adjustments (EMAs) are added to the escapement targets to correct for the actual differences between Mission and upstream abundance estimates over all years. This approach makes no prior assumption about environmental conditions because we don't yet know whether conditions will be favourable or unfavourable in 2005. We expect that the EMAs will be revised to take into account an outlook of environmental conditions sometime in May. d) In anticipation of continued high in-river mortality associated with early entry of the Late run into the Fraser River, 15% exploitation rate will reflect measures to protect Late run stocks.

Page 56 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.4.6. In-season Decisions Run Size Estimation and TAC calculations: Pre-season forecasts of run size at various probability levels will be used to guide development of pre-season harvest plans. In- season run size estimates based on information from test fishing operations, catches during commercial fishery openings and assessment fisheries, and hydro-acoustic estimates of abundance at the PSC hydro-acoustic facility at Mission, B.C. will be provided by the PSC staff to the FRP for consideration. In 2005 the primary Mission acoustic estimate will be derived for the second year from a split beam system rather than from the single beam system which was used historically. The split beam technology is considered to be improved technology as it is able to remove many of the potential sources of error (i.e. uncertainty of fish moving above the sounder transect, below and above again resulting in potential multiple counting). In 2004 several implementation issues were encountered with the split beam system which have been addressed by the PSC staff and have resulted in several modifications for the 2005 season. The FRP will meet regularly from early-July to mid-September to review new information as it becomes available over the course of the sockeye and pink migration. Run size estimates will be regularly updated through the FRP process. In-season run size estimates are then used to set spawning escapement objectives, gross escapement objectives, calculate available TAC, and determine opportunities for fishery openings. The TAC will also be affected by the ability of harvesters to access this TAC as well as a number of factors, including in-river migration conditions and conservation requirements for other co- migrating stocks or species.

Information on in-season run size estimates and management actions, such as openings and closures, as well as other important information for commercial, recreational and First Nations fisheries are posted on the Internet regularly throughout the fishing season by the Department and the PSC at:

www.psc.org/NewsRel/Index.htm

www-ops2.pac.dfo- mpo.gc.ca/xnet/content/fns/index.cfm?pg=search_options&lang=en&id=commercial

Late Run Management: Due to the small number of Late Run sockeye and large number of Summer Run sockeye that are expected to be returning in 2005, PSC staff may not be able to provide the typical suite of in-season information related to Late Run abundance, timing and en-route mortality projections with the same level of reliability as in years of higher relative abundance. For 2005, Late Run sockeye will be managed to achieve the pre-season objectives and guidelines.

Management Adjustments: To account for discrepancies between Mission hydro- acoustic measurements and in-river catch and spawning escapement estimates, management adjustments (e.g. increases) are sometimes made to account for biases to the

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 57 of 132

gross escapement. Setting appropriate management adjustments is a major component of pre-season decision-making by the FRP. An Environmental Management Adjustment Model that considers observed biases as well as impacts from high water flows and high water temperatures has been developed to assist in this determination. Management adjustments have been agreed to by the FRP and made in the past for the Early Stuart, Early Summer and Late Run stock aggregates, and in 2004 for the Summer stock aggregate. Regardless of the causes, management adjustments to all stock aggregates may be made to increase the probability that spawning targets will be met. Management adjustments may also be made in-season by the FRP based on indications of adverse migration conditions in the Fraser River reported in weekly Environmental Watch reports and models used to predict the impact of current Fraser River conditions on the mortality of migrating fish.

For 2005, the model is being adjusted to incorporate longer range of forecasts, improve short range forecasting and applying more robust variables to address extreme conditions consistent with recommendations from the 2004 Post Season Review. For further information see:

www-sci.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/fwh/ 4.4.7. 2005 Planning Fishing plan options are evaluated for a range of possible run sizes and return timing, however, in 2005; pre-season fishing plans will be developed primarily at the 50 percent probability level. In-season run-size estimates form the basis for management once these estimates are available. Figure 4 depicts the historical run timing for the 2004 cycle and forecast abundance (based on the 50 percent probability level) for the four Fraser River sockeye aggregates.

Page 58 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Figure 4: Expected Run Timing of Fraser River Sockeye in Area 20 Fraser River Sockeye and Pink Salmon 900

) 800 Pinks 700 nds Total Sockeye a Chilko 600 L.Stuart/ hous 500

t Quesnel

( Stellako

e 400 nc 300 Early Misc. Birkenhead 200 Early Stuart bunda Weaver/L A 100 0 Jun 15 Jun 29 Jul 13 Jul 27 Aug 10 Aug 24 Sep 7 Sep 21 Area 20 Date

Note that Figure 4 depicts the abundance and run timing of fish in Area 20 or Strait of Juan de Fuca. Recent anomalies in the Late Run timing are associated with timing of entry to the Fraser River, and are therefore not reflected in Figure 4.

2005 Escapement strategy and harvest rate calculations: Escapement targets, management adjustments and harvest rates, are outlined in the escapement plan in Table 4 at the 50 percent forecast probability. This table presents potential harvest rates for the Early Stuart, Early Summer and Summer Run groupings, the rates described may not be attained where conservation measures to protect co-migrating stocks and species are applied.

Management adjustments reflect additional sockeye necessary to achieve spawning escapement targets under benign Fraser River water conditions (i.e. more fish are needed to pass by Mission than spawning ground requirements in order to account for measurement errors and en-route losses).

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 59 of 132

2005 allocation/priority access: A general framework of potential FSC, commercial (including First Nations economic access) and recreational opportunities at various run sizes are laid out in Table 6. Potential harvest amounts are based on the 2005 escapement plan (Table 5). The harvest amounts identified in Table 7 are meant as a guide and do not guarantee actual fishery openings for the 2005 season.

Page 60 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 7: Potential Fishing Opportunities for Fraser River Sockeye at Specified Run Sizes

Note: Fishery openings will be determined in-season as a function of run size estimates and EMA adjustments.

Target Adjustment for Exploitation Difference Between Potential Catch after DBE (All Cmmercial and FN Stock Group Run Size Range Rate Range Escapement Target Range Estimates (DBE) (a) Harvesters) FSC Economic Recreational Non-directed/Non- Early Stuart 0 to 1 75,000 0% to 19% - to 1 42,000 - to 7 7,000 - to - Closed/Non-retention* Closed retention Non-directed/Non- 175,001 to 2 58,000 19% to 25% 1 42,000 to 1 94,000 77 ,000 to 10 5,000 - to - Closed/Non-retention* Closed retention Non-directed/Non- 258,001 to 3 83,000 25% to 32% 1 94,000 to 2 60,000 1 05,000 to 14 0,000 - to - Closed/Non-retention* Closed retention Non-directed/Non- 383,001 to 4 45,000 32% to 35% 2 60,000 to 2 88,000 1 40,000 to 15 6,000 - to 1, 000 Sharing Arrangement Closed retention Non- Non- Early Summer 0 to 3 91,000 0% to 45% - to 2 17,000 - to 7 4,000 - to 1 00,000 Directed Directed/Retention Directed/Retention

391,001 to 7 18,000 45% to 50% 2 17,000 to 3 62,000 74 ,000 to 12 4,000 100 ,001 to 2 32,000 Directed Directed Directed

718,001 to 1 ,301,000 50% to 56% 3 62,000 to 5 69,000 1 24,000 to 19 5,000 232 ,001 to 5 37,000 Directed Directed Directed

Summer 0 to 7 ,834,000 0% to 45% - to 4 ,296,000 - to - - to 3 ,538,000 Directed Directed Directed

7,834,001 to 11 ,048,000 45% to 52% 4 ,296,000 to 5 ,262,000 - to - 3, 538,001 to 5 ,786,000 Directed Directed Directed

11,048,001 to 16 ,658,000 52% to 61% 5 ,262,000 to 6 ,521,000 - to - 5, 786,001 to 10 ,137,000 Directed Directed Directed Late (excluding Non- Non-directed/Non- Birkenhead 0 to 1 28,000 15% to 15% - to 1 09,000 - to - - to 19, 000 directed/Incidental** Non-directed/Incidental retention group) Non- Non-directed/Non- 128,001 to 2 47,000 15% to 15% 1 09,000 to 2 10,000 - to - 1 9,001 to 37, 000 directed/Incidental** Non-directed/Incidental retention Non- Non-directed/Non- 247,001 to 4 72,000 15% to 15% 2 10,000 to 4 01,000 - to - 3 7,001 to 71, 000 directed/Incidental** Non-directed/Incidental retention

a) Adjustment added to the escapement target to account for differences between Mission escapement estimates and upstream estimates of catch plus spawning escapement. *Very limited First Nation harvest permitted to access fish for specific ceremonial requirements only (i.e. First fish ceremonies, funerals, etc…) **Limited First Nation harvest may be permitted in extreme terminal areas where First Nation access to other sockeye stocks for FSC purposes may be constrained.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 61 of 132

4.4.8. Issues Determination of the migration pattern of Late Run sockeye will be difficult to determine in 2005 due to the expectation of low abundance in relation to Summer Runs. It will be extremely difficult to assess if Late Run stocks are weaker than forecast, if they are delaying and if so the length of the delay.

Harsh in-river environmental conditions may result in management actions in order to ensure target spawning goals are met.

With restrictions to protect co-migrating Late Run stocks, some Summer Run stocks may arrive at the spawning grounds in numbers well in excess of spawning requirements.

The Department will continue to work with all harvesters in order to have orderly and manageable fisheries conducted. 4.4.9. Prospects for 2005 General outlooks for the four stock aggregates, as well as stocks of special concern are outlined in Table 8.

Page 62 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Table 8: General Fisheries Outlook for 2005 Fraser River Sockeye

Stock/MU Outlook Comments Fraser Sockeye Well Below Cycle The 50 percent probability forecast (258,000) is 29 - Early Stuart Average (First percent of the cycle line mean (1980 to 2000) of Nations Fisheries) 893,000. The forecast return at the 75 percent probability level is 175,000 sockeye. Fraser Sockeye Well above average The total forecast for the Early Summer group is - Early Summer (fisheries likely). 718,000 sockeye at the 50 percent probability level, or more than twice as large as the mean cycle-year return of 316,000. The forecast at the 75 percent probability level is 391,000 fish. Fraser Sockeye Average return The 2004 50 percent probability forecast of 11.05 - Summer (fisheries likely). million is slightly smaller than the mean cycle-year return of 11.9 million. The 75 percent probability

forecast is 7.8 million. There is considerable uncertainty about the Quesnel forecast in 2005 based on the very large escapement in 2001 and the record small smolts produced from that escapement. In addition there are concerns about the return of Late Stuart sockeye which is forecast to be 1.45 million at the 50 percent probability which is 56 percent of the cycle average of 2.6 million. Fraser Sockeye Significantly below The 50 percent probability forecast of 524,000, - Late Run average / including Birkenhead, is 50 percent of the average conservation return of 527,000. High in-river and pre-spawning concern. mortality, based on differences between Mission acoustic estimates and estimates of spawning escapement plus catches up-river of Mission, has been implicated as the cause of the decline of Late Run stocks since 1995. The Weaver Creek run (108,000) is the third most abundant stock, next to Birkenhead (209,000) and the miscellaneous group (159,000) in 2005. All stocks are forecast to return at levels well below the cycle average as a result of the very low number of successful spawners in the brood year.

Special Concern Conservation The Cultus Lake stock, which migrates with the Late - Cultus Lake Concern Run stock group continues to be very depressed and requires continued protection. Cultus Lake sockeye returns and escapement have undergone a pronounced decline since the 1960s. Escapements to Cultus Lake are counted at the Sweltzer Creek

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 63 of 132

Stock/MU Outlook Comments fence. The forecast of Cultus Lake sockeye at the 50 percent probability level is less than 200 sockeye, which is significantly below the 1980 to 2001 cycle line average. Special Concern Conservation Sakinaw Lake sockeye are extremely depressed and - Strait of Concern require continued protection. The forecast of Georgia Sakinaw Lake sockeye is anticipated to be less than Sakinaw 200.

Page 64 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.5. Barkley Sound Sockeye Decision Guidelines

4.5.1. Background The Barkley Sound stock group is composed of sockeye returning to the Somass River (Sproat and Great Central Lake) and Henderson Lake.

The stock group returns from May to October; the main fishing period typically occurs from mid-June to early August.

This group of stocks is fished by First Nations, the recreational sector and the commercial sector (gill net, troll and seine).

Somass optimum escapement is estimated to be 350,000 (200,000 Great Central Lake and 150,000 Sproat Lake) and 50,000 for Henderson Lake, while the minimum escapement is set at 200,000 (Great Central and Sproat Lake combined). Under the Somass Sockeye Harvest Strategy, escapement goals increase with run size reaching 600,000 for a run of 1.8 million.

The harvest plan is based on variable exploitation rate set out in the Somass Management Framework.

The Barkley Sound sockeye fishery is terminal, with no directed fisheries outside Barkley Sound.

Advisory bodies assist in the development of harvest plans and in-season management for the various fisheries.

The basis for developing annual harvest plans on these stocks is to provide for:

• Economic opportunities and FSC needs of a number of Nuu-chah-nulth Tribal Council First Nations. • Stable and predictable access for the recreational fishery. • Meeting catch allocations by licence category for “B” “D” and “G”. 4.5.2. General Constraints Lack of precision of in-season run size estimates in the early portion of the season limits the exploitation rate.

Environmental conditions impact the timing of entry into the river.

Non-target by-catch (coho, chinook, steelhead) is of concern.

Henderson sockeye is generally the weakest of the three sockeye stocks and frequently requires management measures to prevent overexploitation.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 65 of 132

4.5.3. Pre-season Planning A pre-season forecast is used to determine opening dates.

Access issues are dealt with by the CSAB process for commercial fisheries, the SFAB for recreational fisheries, and the Nuu-chah-nulth Tribal Council for First Nations fisheries. The Tseshaht and Hupacasath First Nations annually negotiate FSC sockeye requirements. Consultation will occur regarding the sequence and timing of these fisheries.

Weekly commercial gear targets for weeks prior to the first in-season reforecast (late June) and a percent share framework for the remainder of the season is arrived at through consultation with seine, gill net and troll representatives. 4.5.4. In-season Decisions In order to provide protection for Henderson sockeye, boundary adjustments occur in- season. The current approach is to move fisheries inside of Pocahontas Point after mid- July depending on the level of concern for Henderson sockeye.

The framework in Table 8 was developed in consultation with Tseshaht and Hupacasath First Nations, commercial and recreational harvesters. The fishing plan for 2005 will be finalized through continuing negotiations.

Table 9: Key Decision Points for Barkley Sound Sockeye

Run Size First Nations Recreational Commercial Fisheries Fisheries Fisheries Less than 200,000 No harvest No harvest No harvest 200-210,000 Harvest initiated No harvest No harvest 210-240,000 Harvest No harvest No harvest 240-400,000 Harvest Harvest initiated No harvest Greater than 400,000 Harvest Harvest Harvest initiated

Weekly in-season run size estimates are derived from commercial, recreational and First Nations fishery catches, escapement estimates from electronic counters on Sproat and Stamp Rivers, and estimates of terminal abundance from seine test fisheries and river surveys. The Barkley Sound Working Group with DFO meets weekly beginning in mid-June to review the information and determine in-season run size estimates.

In-season harvest plan decisions are based on a weekly forecast and the status of catches relative to allocations. Weekly telephone conferences are held to solicit advice on the following week’s fishing plan with commercial seine, gill net and troll representatives. In-season meetings between First Nations, recreational and commercial representatives are held if issues arise that significantly affect their fisheries. Commercial boundary adjustments to protect Henderson Lake sockeye in the second week of July may be required.

Page 66 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.5.5. Issues Determining recreational daily limits at low run sizes.

Co-ordination between sectors (time and area). This is currently dealt with by an ad hoc in-season group of commercial, recreational and First Nations representatives. To improve consultation on Barkley Sound sockeye, restructuring of the current process is required.

Henderson sockeye: Inability to determine proportion of Henderson sockeye present in the weekly catch.

Uncertainty over Somass and Henderson run-timing.

Lack of agreement about escapement goals at higher run sizes.

Sharing arrangements and timing of access for seine and gill net.

Maa-nulth Agreement in Principal when negotiated will need to be considered in the Somass Sockeye Harvest Strategy

Maa-nulth participation will be required in the advisory process

Discussions are currently on-going in regards to potential economic opportunities for Tseshaht and Hupacasath First Nations. 4.5.6. Prospects for 2005 2005 expectations are for a below average run size (500K forecast). This will provide fishing opportunities for First Nations FSC purposes and limited opportunities for commercial and recreational fisheries. 4.6. Okanagan Sockeye Decision Guidelines

4.6.1. Background Okanagan sockeye is one of two viable sockeye salmon stocks found in the trans- boundary Columbia River watershed.

Okanagan sockeye are the last remaining Columbia River wild salmon that return to Canada via the Okanagan River.

Run timing into the Okanagan River is dependent on water temperature. Peak spawning usually occurs from mid to late October.

Of the total number of Okanagan River sockeye enumerated at Wells Dam on the Columbia River, on average only 50% of those adults are enumerated on the spawning grounds.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 67 of 132

4.6.2. General Constraints Most harvest occurs in First Nations fisheries undertaken in U.S. sections of the Columbia River. Okanagan First Nation fishing opportunities in Canadian sections of the Okanagan River are based upon in-season decisions made using the harvest guidelines outlined in Section 4.1.4. 4.6.3. Pre-season Planning The escapement goal is 29,390 fish as enumerated on an indexed section of the spawning ground or 58,780 fish as enumerated through Wells Dam on the Columbia River in Washington State.

The Okanagan First Nations harvest plan is based on the escapement of sockeye through Wells Dam on the Columbia River by July 15. 4.6.4. In-season Decisions If projected escapement past Wells Dam on the Columbia River is less than 10,000 sockeye, extremely limited Okanagan First Nations fishing for FSC purposes is recommended.

If projected escapement past Wells Dam is between 10,000 and 60,000 fish, a Canadian First Nations allowable catch of five percent of the run that has migrated past the dam by July 15 is permitted.

If projected escapement past Wells Dam exceeds 60,000 fish, a Canadian First Nations allowable catch of 10 percent of the run that has migrated past the dam by July 1 is permitted. 4.6.5. Prospects for 2005 Year 2001 brood year escapement in the Okanagan River “index” area (Area Under the Curve estimate = 34,000) and juvenile assessment studies undertaken in Osoyoos Lake in 2002 suggest that returns in 2005 should be well above recent year averages. Year 2005 returns will originate from a smolt cohort estimated at approximately two million juvenile sockeye which is more than double the recent year average. The assumption of a well above average return is contingent on reasonable ocean survival rates for this stock in years 2003 and 2004.

The aggregate Columbia River sockeye forecast (Okanagan and Wenatchee stocks) compiled by U.S. fishery managers, suggest a return in 2005 of approximately 70,000 fish of which the Okanagan component would contribute about 50 to 70 percent of the total return. The forecast return of 70,000 fish is considered a conservative estimate by Canadian stock assessment scientific staff and it is not unreasonable to assume that the aggregate return could exceed 100,000 fish.

Harvest opportunities for First Nation FSC purposes in Canada may occur if interest in harvest by the Okanagan First Nation is indicated.

Page 68 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.7. Johnstone Straight Chum Mixed-Stock Harvest Strategy

4.7.1. Background The Johnstone Strait chum fishery targets fall run chum stocks that migrate through Johnstone Strait. The majority of these fish spawn in Johnstone Strait, Strait of Georgia, and Fraser River areas, though a small component are bound for Washington State systems. The main components of the harvest are the Mid Vancouver Island (MVI) and Fraser River stock groupings. The majority of chum stocks enter Johnstone Strait from September to November.

Mixed-stock fisheries occur in Statistical Areas 12 and 13 with terminal opportunities where surpluses are identified. Harvesters include First Nations (FSC fisheries), recreational, and commercial (seine, gill net and troll).

In February 2004, the Pacific Salmon Treaty chum annex was revised. The U.S. fishery is no longer linked with the Johnstone Strait fishery or run size. The current arrangement now links U.S. fishery and trigger points with the terminal Fraser River chum run size.

Due to the variation in chum returns over the years a new strategy for chum management was initiated in Johnstone Strait starting in 2002. In order to ensure sufficient escapement levels while providing more stable fishing opportunities, a fixed exploitation rate strategy was implemented. The exploitation rate is set at 20 percent across all harvesters, regardless of total abundance. Of this 20 percent, 15 percent is allocated to the commercial sector, and the remaining five percent is set aside to satisfy FSC, recreational, test fish requirements and to provide a buffer to the commercial exploitation. Past tagging studies conducted in 2000, 2001 and 2002 helped in the development of this strategy in assessing the exploitation rate and migration timing of chum stocks in the Johnstone Strait.

Under the fixed harvest rate model, commercial fleets are expected to have more consistent and predictable fishing opportunities than with the previous clockwork model. This was one of the main objectives for the new approach. As an example, an average chum return of approximately three million chum would provide for a potential commercial harvest of 450,000 chum from Johnstone Strait.

In 2004, processors requested further revisions to the fishing plan to improve the quality of the product as well as for reasons related to processing efficiency. The proposal involved fishing for a greater number of days with fewer vessels to avoid large volumes of fish arriving at the plant over a short period. Final fishing plans will reflect the result of consultation with the commercial fishing representatives. 4.7.2. General Constraints The fixed harvest rate approach is based upon a 20 percent harvest rate on the return through Johnstone Strait (15 percent commercial and five percent for FSC, recreational and test fishing).

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 69 of 132

No commercial opportunities will occur prior to October 1 due to coho conservation requirements.

First Nations harvest opportunities are provided to meet FSC requirements.

Recreational fishing opportunities are provided at normal bag limits of four chum per day. 4.7.3. Pre-season Planning Commercial allocation sharing arrangements for the catch in Johnstone Strait are; seine (licence Area B), 77 percent, gill net (licence Area D), 17 percent and troll (licence Area H) six percent.

The fixed harvest rate fishing schedule is based upon effort, time and area. Fishing schedules are initially developed based on the assumption of normal fleet participation (recent year’s maximum fleet participation in the chum fishery).

Fishing schedule and exact fishing dates will be confirmed pre-season following consultation with industry. Considerations are given to avoid weekend commercial fisheries, particularly seines, in order to minimize any conflicts with the recreational fishery.

Following is the fishing plan that has been developed for the past three years. Modifications to address processing issues will be discussed with fishing advisors prior to the fishery. 4.7.4. Seines - First Fishery First fishery will provide for a one day, 12 hour fishery, in the first week of October. (expected to be approximately Monday October 3, 2005).

No opportunities for extended fishing time for the first fishery. 4.7.5. Seines - Second Fishery Second fishery will provide for a one day, 10 hour fishery, in the third week of October (expected to be approximately Monday October 24, 2005). Note that the reduction in time to 10 hours is due to reduced daylight hours.

Normal fleet size used in the model is based on a seine fleet size of 100 to 120 vessels.

If effort during the first and/or second fishery is considerably less than anticipated (<50%), then additional fishing time will be considered. 4.7.6. Gill Net Gill net fisheries are scheduled to commence in early October.

Fishing times are scheduled separate from the troll fishery when and where possible.

Page 70 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Normal fleet size used in the model is based on a gill net fleet size of 80 to 100 vessels.

Duration of the fishing period is generally 41 hours and will be confirmed in-season based on effort.

Fishing opportunities during the weekend needs to be confirmed, some concerns have been expressed with fish arriving at the plants on the weekend. 4.7.7. Troll Fisheries are scheduled to commence in early October.

Fishing times are scheduled separately from the gill net fishery when and where possible.

Normal fleet size used in the model is based on a troll fleet size of 60 to 80 vessels.

Duration of the fishing period is generally three to four days and will be confirmed in- season based on effort. 4.7.8. In-season Decisions Licence area advisors are consulted on harvesting opportunities through in-season licence area advisory bodies. These consultations are done regularly through weekly conference calls starting late September.

The following considerations will guide fisheries management decisions in-season:

• Amount of effort in each fishery. • Weather conditions during the fishery. 4.7.9. Issues Requests from Industry to modify the plan in-season to provide more fishing time in years when there appears to be a very large return.

The current harvest strategy needs to determine a minimum conservation level, where little or no harvesting occurs.

Requests from Industry to provide more seine openings with reduced fishing effort. Currently no consensus within Industry on this approach.

Concerns from some processors with gill net fish arriving at the plant on weekends, cost issue.

Requests from the recreational sector for no troll fisheries on weekends in Subarea 13-7.

Request from the recreational sector to not have a seine fishery late in a week or on a weekend.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 71 of 132

4.7.10. Prospects for 2005 The 2005 chum return through Johnstone Strait is projected to be average or above average, based on generally good escapements in the 2001 brood year and improved marine survival evidenced in recent returns. 4.8. Fraser River Chum Decision Guidelines

4.8.1. Background The Fraser River chum run size forecast is derived from a run size estimation model based on the Albion test fishery. A minimum number of reported days of catch information from the Albion test fishery are necessary to begin generating an in-season run size estimate with acceptable levels of certainty. Thus, the first estimate is generally expected to be calculated and announced mid-October.

The escapement goal for Fraser River chum is 800,000. 4.8.2. General Constraints In-river commercial gear restricted to gill nets with a minimum mesh size of 158 mm (approximately 6.25”).

Revival tanks are mandatory, as identified in the 2005 Area E Gill Net Conditions of Licence.

Minimize by-catch of other species as required (e.g. coho and steelhead).

Conservation of Interior Fraser River coho will result in fishing restrictions from early September to mid-late October in the main stem of the river from the mouth to Mission.

Conservation of upper Fraser River steelhead may result in fishing restrictions through October and possibly early November. No Fraser River commercial chum salmon fisheries will occur in October unless there is concurrence from the Province of B.C. 4.8.3. Pre-season Planning Historically pre-season forecasts were developed for Fraser River chum returns. This practice has been discontinued in recent years for two reasons. Chum salmon typically have quite variable survival and maturation rates and consequently the relationship between brood spawners and the return for any one year is highly variable. Therefore, there is little value in a pre-season forecast to guide development of harvest plans. Secondly, and also of greater importance is a shift in focus to concentrate on the development of decision guidelines in order to clarify the rules that are in effect to manage the Fraser River chum fishery.

Options to guide decisions affecting steelhead harvest for 2005 will be reviewed this year. At this time the primary tool used to govern management decisions is to assess the impact of alternative fishery plans using a harvest model which estimates steelhead mortality in south coast (including U.S.) fisheries.

Page 72 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

In order to resolve options that will be utilized in 2005, a review between the Department and the Province is underway. New decision guidelines will be developed that include both harvest rate guidelines and potentially minimum abundance thresholds. 4.8.4. Decision Guidelines Table 10 provides a summary of key decisions for the management of the Fraser River chum fishery. Further changes may be made to Table 9 depending upon the results from further analysis.

Table 10: Key Decision Points for Fraser River Chum

Run Harvest First Nations Commercial Recreational Size Plan <800,000 <10% Limited (Reduced Closed Restricted in Fraser hours and openings days/week fishing). 800,000-916,000 Catch not to Normal (72,000) Closed Tributary in Fraser exceed 81,000 openings (72,000 First Nations and 9,000 test fishing) <800,000- U.S. fishery Limited to chum Limited to chum 1,500,000 in ceiling of 20,000 taken incidental to taken incidental to Johnstone Strait (not including other species and other species and biological other minor other minor samples) fisheries fisheries >800,000- U.S. fishery Closed prior to Closed prior to 1,500,000 in ceiling of 130,000 October 10 October 10 Johnstone Strait (not including payback) <900,000 For Fraser run U.S. 7/7A U.S. 7/7A in Fraser sizes <900,000 fisheries to restrict fisheries to restrict after October 22 impacts on Fraser impacts on Fraser chum chum 916,000- Commercial catch Normal (72,000) Open (35,000- Open 1,050,000 in not to exceed 10% 105,000) Fraser for chum.

>1,050,000 in Commercial catch Normal (72,000) Open Open Fraser not to exceed 15% for chum.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 73 of 132

The following additional decision guidelines apply to the management of the Area 29 chum fishery.

• Albion test fishing data will be used to determine the timing of commercial openings. • A minimum commercial TAC of 35,000 is required to support a one day commercial fishery. • No night fishing. • The standard openings for directed chum harvesting are primarily inside the river (portions of Subarea 29-9 and 29-11 through 29-17). • Avoid over-harvesting of specific chum stocks by harvesting over a broad time period. • Whenever practical, 24 hours notice will be provided for openings. • In-season advisors will be updated on current status through conference calls. 4.8.5. Issues Full fleet implementation of selective fishing methods to avoid/reduce steelhead encounters to minimize steelhead mortality. Shorter nets, shorter soak times and reduced fishery open times have been tested since 2002 with some success and will be further evaluated in 2005.

Earlier commencement of the chum fishery in order to harvest higher quality chum salmon is being considered but must fall within steelhead management objectives.

Discussions are currently on-going in regards to potential economic opportunities for Lower Fraser River First Nations. 4.8.6. Prospects for 2005 The brood year for the 2005 return was an average escapement for the Fraser River. Under average survival conditions surplus returns to the Fraser River are expected. Formal forecasts are no longer calculated for Fraser River chum. Steelhead prospects are poor; the stock continues to show a downward decline and the abundance is well below carrying capacity. Management of the chum fisheries will be based upon in-season information, as in the past. 4.9. Area 14 Chum Decision Guidelines

4.9.1. Background The fishery is directed at the enhanced stocks of three river systems; Puntledge, Little Qualicum and Big Qualicum Rivers. Chums returning to this area have been enhanced since the late 1960s and terminal fisheries have occurred in October and November since the 1970s. In 1981 an early harvest strategy was developed and in 1986, the MVI Chum Subcommittee was formed. Management was guided (up to 2003) by advice from the MVI Chum Subcommittee, which includes representatives from First Nations, Area B seines, Area D and E (for Areas 16-19) gill nets, Area H troll and recreational fishing groups. Since 2004 a committee meets weekly by conference call including members

Page 74 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

representing interests for Mid Vancouver Island, Johnstone Strait and West Coast of Vancouver Island fisheries.

The returning Area 14 chum abundance is determined from pre-season forecasts for enhanced and wild stocks as part of the total inside chum forecast. Catches prior to entry into Area 14 through Johnstone Strait are accounted for. In-season run strength is assessed from catches and visual observations at river estuaries followed later by escapement counts to the three river systems.

Area 14 chums are managed as a component of “Study Area” chums for Johnstone Strait and the northern Strait of Georgia. Fishing opportunities are guided by coast-wide allocations of chum salmon. The escapement goals for the three river systems are 60,000 for Puntledge River, 130,000 for Little Qualicum River, and 100,000 for Big Qualicum River, adding up to an overall escapement goal of 290,000 chum not including enhancement facility requirements (approximately 10,000 chum).

There is potential for ESSR fisheries to be carried out by local First Nations at the Puntledge, Little Qualicum and Big Qualicum hatcheries.

The management objectives for this fishery are:

• Harvest good quality fish to maximize economic return. • Minimize harvest of adult chinook returning to Big Qualicum, Little Qualicum and Puntledge Rivers. • Work towards south coast (Study Area) allocation between gill net, seine and troll. • Minimize the harvest of passing stocks. • Attempt to manage initial fisheries in Area 14 to avoid large surpluses (i.e. greater than 100,000). • Achieve Area 14 escapement requirements of 300,000. • Ensure adequate chinook escapements to Area 14 enhancement facilities. 4.9.2. General Constraints Beach boundaries are in effect to protect coho and chinook. Boundaries may range from half a mile to one and a half miles depending upon by-catch concerns and time of year.

French Creek radius boundary and Baynes Sound closures are in effect to protect wild chum and coho stocks.

Coho conservation measures are in effect until November 10, including non-retention, maximum soak times for gill nets, barbless hooks and mandatory brailing for seines. By- catch concerns for coho are minimal after November 10.

Outside boundaries are designed to minimize impacts on passing stocks.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 75 of 132

The gill net fishery may be restricted to daylight hours only if there are significant levels of non-target species catch (e.g. coho). 4.9.3. Pre-season Planning Opportunities for gill net, seine and troll fishery openings starting in the second or third week of October are based on pre-season forecasts and in-season from catch per unit effort (CPUE) information from the commercial and chum test fisheries in Johnstone Strait. An allocation of chums for the “early” fishery is estimated from the expected return minus escapement targets and a buffer. These “early” chums are used to craft fisheries to provide a safe allocation for assessment of the in-season return prior to escapement information becoming increasingly important in management decisions. The recommended approach is made at the first meeting between the Department and the chum advisors regarding Area 14, anticipated to be scheduled for Friday, October 7, 2005. If poor catches in the commercial and chum test fisheries in Johnstone Strait indicate a low run size, the decision may be deferred until the following week. Seine opportunities are normally considered from late October to late November although there may be consideration of controlled fishing earlier. 4.9.4. In-season Decisions Additional opportunities using in season data are evaluated at weekly meetings of the Chum advisors and the Department, which usually occurs from mid-October to late November.

Each week, the following considerations will guide the length of net and troll openings:

• If gear counts indicate a modest fleet size of 50 vessels or less, gill net and troll openings may be expanded beyond one to two days per week if stock expectations warrant. • Escapement information is factored into the amount of fishing time that is provided. For example, there is a possibility for reducing or eliminating beach and creek mouth boundaries when the overall escapement goal has been reached, individual surpluses have been identified and by-catch of non-target species is not an issue. Escapements are monitored by DFO Stock Assessment and local hatchery staff. • Additional fishing days are considered if time is lost due to poor weather conditions. • In addition, a seine fishery is normally considered from late October to late November, based on chum escapement, abundance in the approach areas and allocation guidelines. Further fishing opportunities for gill net and troll may be considered following the seine fisheries. 4.9.5. Issues The presence of sea lions in Subareas 14-4 and 14-5 appears to have reduced gill net CPUE, altered migration and holding behaviour which has impacted on assessment capabilities, and also may have reduced escapement to some streams:

Page 76 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

• These impacts including exploring new assessment techniques will be considered in the management of the fishery. • In recent years the Puntledge River has experience proportionally greater escapements than the two Qualicum Rivers. This trend may continue necessitating consideration of fishing strategies to increasingly target the Puntledge River return. • The Area B seine advisors are interested in the development of fishing strategies that allow them a portion of the available early fish when this is appropriate. This may be considered if there are suitable constraints on effort and catch when there are small numbers of fish available in the early fishery. • There is currently no regular assessment fishery or other tools to aid in determination of a viable seine fishing opportunity and appropriate beach boundaries (access to target species while protecting non-target species). When possible the Department will continue to use seine test vessels from other areas to aid in the assessment of stocks in Area 14. 4.9.6. Prospects for 2005 Returns on inside chums are expected to be average. Fishing will be conducted as per the harvest strategy for the area. 4.9.7. Other Fisheries First Nations FSC fisheries are conducted in Area 14 and at the hatcheries prior to any ESSR consideration. Tidal recreational fisheries are subject to the normal bag and trip limits (daily limit four per day/possession eight) and are open throughout the area. Once escapements have been confirmed, non-tidal fisheries for chum and coho in the Puntledge and Big Qualicum Rivers will be considered. These fishing opportunities are likely to commence in the second or third week of October based upon past return timing of chum and coho. 4.10. Area 16 Chum Decision Guidelines

4.10.1. Background This fishery targets wild chum stocks returning to river systems in the Jervis Inlet area. The main systems are Tzoonie, Deserted and Skwawka Rivers. The overall escapement goal is 110,000. These terminal fisheries occur when the individual or combined escapement goals have been achieved. Management is guided by advice from the Area E, B and H advisors on the weekly conference calls. Fishing opportunities do not occur on a regular basis. Area 16 chums are managed as a component of Study Area chums, and fishing opportunities are guided by coast-wide allocations of chum salmon. Assessment in the area is conducted by DFO Charter Patrol, DFO Stock Assessment, and Sechelt First Nations staff. 4.10.2. General Constraints Mandatory non-retention of coho.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 77 of 132

Fishing to harvest surplus stocks is limited to terminal areas to minimize impacts on passing stocks. 4.10.3. In-season Decisions - All Gear Types Opportunities are evaluated at weekly meetings of the in-season advisors, starting about October 7, 2005. In-season data is reviewed on a weekly basis until the end of the season, which usually occurs around the end of November. Area 16 chum fisheries are not planned based on pre-season forecasts alone.

The potential implementation of a limited fleet-size (e.g. five gill net vessels) weekly assessment fishery in the lower Jervis Inlet area may be discussed with the Area E Harvest Committee and the Department. A weekly assessment fishery may, over time, provide an earlier indication of overall abundance returning to this area.

Fishing opportunities will be provided in an area when the escapement goal has been achieved. Achievement of the escapement goal includes the numbers of fish in-river plus the amount of fish inside a designated sanctuary area. The earliest opportunity is likely to occur near the end of October. 4.10.4. Prospects for 2005 Returns on inside chums are expected to be average. Fishing will be conducted as per the harvest strategy for the area. 4.10.5. Other Fisheries The Sechelt First Nation harvest FSC fish when surpluses are available. FSC fish are usually harvested by gill net. 4.11. Area 17 Chum Decision Guidelines

4.11.1. Background This fishery is directed primarily at Nanaimo River stocks. The Nanaimo River chum stocks are supplemented by the Nanaimo River Hatchery on poor return years. Escapements fluctuate annually and fishery openings are planned in-season based on escapement estimates. Management is also guided by advice from the MVI Chum Subcommittee as discussed for Areas 14 and 16. Local FSC opportunities are undertaken by Nanaimo First Nations in consultation with the Department. Area 17 chums are managed as a component of Study Area chums and fishing opportunities are guided by coast-wide allocations of chum salmon. The overall escapement goal for the Nanaimo River is 60,000. 4.11.2. General Constraints Subarea boundaries protect migrating Fraser River chum and confine the fishery to the Nanaimo River stock.

Coho conservation measures in effect until November 10 include non-retention, maximum soak times for gill net, and barbless hooks for troll.

Page 78 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

The gill net fishery may be restricted to daylight hours only if coho encounters are high. Restrictions would be implemented after consultation with the MVI Chum Subcommittee. 4.11.3. In-season Decisions - Net and Troll Preseason forecasts are helpful in defining possible opportunities, but decisions to open fisheries are not based on preseason information. Opportunities are evaluated during the weekly in-season review of Nanaimo escapement estimates within the MVI Chum Subcommittee process.

Escapement estimates are derived from helicopter over-flights, on-grounds charter patrol surveys of approach and terminal areas, in-river assessment and fishery officer patrols of the river. The test fishing program conducted in past years has been terminated due to successive years of low abundance and an increase in the sea lion population. It may be an option to restart the program if run sizes continue to increase.

Opportunities for gill net, troll and seine fisheries are discussed once fish have started to enter the Nanaimo River and are present in terminal areas. Final decisions are made at the weekly Friday Subcommittee meeting. If commercial opportunities are identified, management will be guided by the following considerations:

• Gill nets open for one or two days. Fishing days and duration subject to escapement levels. • Troll open seven days per week because of demonstrated low catch rates. • After initial opening, continued fishing opportunities depend upon information derived from CPUE in the commercial fisheries, and on-going approach area and in-river assessments. • If catches remain good and escapement goal is reached, commercial fisheries can continue. • Additional fishing days will be considered if time is lost due to poor weather conditions. 4.11.4. Issues The gill net fleet will be allowed to use 90 mesh Alaska twist in Area 17 based on previous work conducted in Area 14. The two areas are similar with respect to target species and incidental catch issues, and therefore the results from Area 14 are applicable to Area 17. 4.11.5. Other Fisheries First Nations FSC fisheries as well as tidal/non-tidal recreational fisheries are conducted on these stocks. Tidal recreational fisheries are subject to the normal bag and trip limits and there are no closed areas. There are no opportunities for non-tidal recreational fisheries in the Nanaimo River.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 79 of 132

4.12. Area 18 Chum Decision Guidelines

4.12.1. Background This fishery is directed primarily at Cowichan River stocks. Cowichan chum and to some extent Goldstream chum are also harvested. Chemainus River stocks are also impacted but likely to a lesser extent. Fishery openings in mid to late November are limited to Satellite Channel to minimize impact on the earlier timed Goldstream stocks.

Fishery openings are planned in-season based on escapement estimates. Management is also guided by advice from the MVI Chum Subcommittee as discussed above.

Area 18 chums are managed as a component of Study Area chums and fishing opportunities are guided by coast-wide allocations of chum salmon. The overall escapement goal for the Cowichan River is 110,000. 4.12.2. General Constraints Subarea boundaries protect coho holding off Cherry Point.

Beach boundaries are in effect to protect coho and chinook.

Other coho conservation measures in effect include non-retention, maximum soak times for gill nets, barbless hooks for troll, and mandatory brailing for seines.

The gill net fishery may be restricted to daylight hours if coho encounters are high. This would be implemented after consultation with the MVI Chum Subcommittee. 4.12.3. In-season Decisions - Net and Troll Preseason forecasts are helpful in defining possible opportunities, but decisions to open fisheries are not based on preseason information. Opportunities are evaluated during the weekly in-season review of Cowichan escapement estimates within the MVI Chum Subcommittee process.

Escapement estimates are derived using similar methods described for Area 17 fisheries. In 2005 there will also be a seine test fishing program in Areas 18 and 19 similar to that of 2004, undertaken by the Cowichan Tribes. This assessment method is currently under review and will need to be discussed with all sectors.

Opportunities for gill net, troll and seine fisheries are discussed once fish have started to enter the Cowichan River and are present in terminal areas. Final decisions are made at the Friday Subcommittee meeting for fisheries to open as early as the Sunday following. If commercial opportunities are identified, management will be guided by the following considerations:

Page 80 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

• Gill nets and troll open first. Gill nets open for one or two days. Fishing days and duration are subject to escapement levels. Troll typically has low catch and low effort and has been allowed to remain open for extended periods. • Seines open for one to two days once a review of gill net catch and escapement estimates indicates a significant surplus is available. • Seines and gill nets will alternate fishing days subject to escapement estimates and the entire Subcommittee review process. • After initial opening, continued fishing opportunities depend upon information derived from CPUE in the commercial fisheries, and on-going approach area and in-river assessments. • If catches remain good and escapement is reached, commercial fisheries can continue. • Additional fishing days will be considered if time is lost due to poor weather conditions. 4.12.4. Issues Both the commercial sector and First Nations are concerned about application of the ESSR policy as it pertains to the Cowichan and Goldstream chum stocks. A review of the policy is underway.

Discussions are ongoing concerning First Nations economic opportunities. 4.12.5. Other Fisheries First Nations FSC fisheries and tidal/non-tidal recreational fisheries are conducted on these stocks. Tidal recreational fisheries are subject to the normal bag and trip limits and there are no closed areas. Non-tidal recreational fisheries will also be considered in 2005, if escapement and FSC needs are met. 4.13. Area 19 Chum Decision Guidelines

4.13.1. Background This fishery is directed primarily at Goldstream River stocks although some Cowichan River chum are also harvested. Fishery openings set for mid to late November are limited to the portion of Saanich Inlet (Subarea 19-8) which is outside or to the north of Squally Reach. This area restriction is implemented to minimize impact on Goldstream chinook and coho.

Fisheries are planned in-season based on escapement estimates. Management is also guided by advice from the MVI Chum Subcommittee. Area 19 falls under the same management regime as Area 18, and fishing opportunities are guided by coast-wide allocations of chum salmon. The overall escapement goal for the Goldstream River is 15,000.

In 2005, an opportunity will be provided to Saanich Tribes for an economic fishery targeting Goldstream River chum, similar to 2004.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 81 of 132

4.13.2. General Constraints Subarea boundaries to protect chinook and coho holding in Squally Reach.

Gill nets may be restricted to daylight hours if coho encounters are high.

Additional conservation measures are in effect such as non-retention of coho and chinook, maximum soak time for gill nets, barbless hooks for troll, mandatory brailing for seines, and on-board observers. 4.13.3. In-season Decisions - Net and Troll Chum fisheries in Area 19 are managed through the same in-season process as outlined for Areas 17 and 18. There is no counting fence on the Goldstream, and escapement estimates are derived from other methods described above. There may be seine test fisheries in Area 19 during the 2005 chum season.

Fisheries opportunities are developed in the same manner as described for Areas 17 and 18. If commercial opportunities are identified, management will be guided by the following considerations:

• Gill nets and troll open first. Gill nets open for one or two days. Fishing days and duration are subject to escapement levels. Troll typically has low catch and low effort and has been allowed to remain open for extended periods. • Seines open for one to two days once a review of gill net catch and escapement estimates indicates a significant surplus is available. • Seines and gill nets will alternate fishing days subject to escapement estimates and the entire Subcommittee review process. • After the initial opening, continued fishing opportunities depend upon information derived from CPUE in the commercial fisheries, and on-going approach area and in-river assessments, as well as encounters of chinook and • Icoho.f cat ches remain good and escapement is reached, commercial fisheries can continue. 4.13.4. Issues Allocation of opportunities and catch between commercial and First Nations economic opportunity fisheries is an on-going issue in Area 19.

Discussions will be conducted with all stakeholders in 2005 to attempt to achieve consensus on a co-managed solution to the management of these fisheries.

Coho and chinook escapements to the Goldstream will continue to be closely monitored before fisheries can proceed in Saanich Inlet.

The current ESSR policy provides for the longstanding harvest arrangements of Goldstream chum by local first Nations.

Page 82 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.13.5. Other Fisheries First Nations FSC fisheries are also conducted on these stocks. Tidal recreational fisheries are subject to the normal bag and trip limits. Non-tidal recreational fisheries are not conducted in the Goldstream River. 4.14. Nitinat Chum

4.14.1. Background The minimum gross escapement goal is 250,000; 175,000 into the rivers, 10,000 for FSC fisheries, minimum 40,000 into the hatchery, and 25,000 for test fishing. The maximum escapement target is 350,000. These additional 100,000 chum salmon, are partly utilized as hatchery broodstock. It is also thought that these additional chum will increase the distribution of spawners in the Nitinat River and to other Nitinat Lake tributaries:

• Commercial fisheries occur on a regular basis for seine and gill net, trolling is also permitted, but there has been little interest. • The fishing period is generally October 1 to November 15. • A gill net test fishery occurs in Nitinat Lake that provides escapement estimates for the lake; there are also test fisheries undertaken by seine and, in some years, gill nets in the marine approach areas. • Escapement estimates for the Nitinat River and other lake tributaries are based on river swims and aerial surveys. 4.14.2. General Constraints Typically no commercial fishery prior to the first week in October due to Fraser River steelhead by-catch concerns unless consultations with provincial fisheries biologist allows for late September opening.

Fisheries during the first week of October to October 15 are permitted inside a one mile boundary between Dare Point and Pachena Point, with a weedline of between 1.2 and 2.0 metres in order to minimize steelhead mortalities.

After October 15, fisheries are permitted within a two mile boundary of the shore line between Bonilla Point and Pachena Point.

Non-retention of steelhead, coho and chinook during periods of low abundance.

No commercial fishery inside Nitinat Lake.

Boundaries at Cheewhat and Klanawa Rivers in place to protect local chum and coho.

Gill nets only are permitted between Bonilla Point and Logan Creek, when both fleets fish together.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 83 of 132

4.14.3. Pre-season Planning A gill net fishery may occur in the first week of October if a significant surplus is forecast or if assessment information is required. Normally the opening would be for two days (daylight only to minimize by-catch) with a possible extension.

If the forecast surplus is low a gill net test fish program outside Nitinat Lake may be implemented to provide additional abundance information.

If no surplus is forecast, the commercial fishery is contingent on in-season assessment.

Annual pre-season forecasts for the Nitinat system (predominantly enhanced) are based on escapement, hatchery fry output and estimated survival rates. 4.14.4. In-season Decisions Gill net catch ceiling of 200,000 is set prior to the commencement of a seine fishery.

A seine fishery will proceed when there is a need to limit the migration of chum into Nitinat Lake. This depends on escapement numbers to Nitinat Lake and an identifiable surplus (from the test seine) outside the lake. Seines fish one or two days by themselves initially to balance early season catch allocation. After this initial fishery and if a surplus is still identified, the second phase of the fishery is initiated. This allows for both gears to fish at the same time in the same areas, except that gill nets have an exclusive fishing area between Bonilla Point and Logan Creek. The allocation target for the early season is 50/50 for gill net and seine with an overall allocation target of 30/70 gill net and seine.

The commencement/continuation of seine fisheries after the first week of October is contingent on an escapement to Nitinat Lake of 100,000 chums with a demonstrated abundance of fish holding in terminal areas and an expectation of a weekly escapement of 50,000 chums.

The fishing plan will be further developed by August 2005. 4.14.5. Issues Fish in the lake are not available to the commercial fishery.

An outside gill net test fishery in early October may be required in years where a below average return is forecasted. 4.14.6. Prospects for 2005 A return to more average brood year escapements combined with better than average survival rates will likely result in above average returns to wild systems. Returns to hatchery areas are expected to be good and should provide fishing opportunities similar to recent years. Note, that chum returns are highly variable..

Page 84 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.14.7. Other Fisheries First Nations FSC: no constraints on FSC fisheries at normal run sizes; Ditidaht First Nation works closely with Nitinat Hatchery and participates in research projects which normally require a modest allocation of chum.

Recreational/Tidal: normal limits; finfish closure at mouth of the Nitinat River to prevent foul hooking. Non-tidal: fishery contingent on escapement and concern for interference of chinook on redds.

ESSR fishery in Nitinat Lake by Ditidaht First Nations when surplus occurs.

A scientific licence may be issued to the Ditidaht First Nation to provide biological samples and additional information on stock status and movement in Nitinat Lake.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 85 of 132

Table 11: 2005 Nitinat Chum Fishing Plan

Date Guidelines Action Week 9/3 No fisheries due to Fraser (September 11 to 17) steelhead concerns. Week 9/4 No fisheries due to Fraser (September 18 to 26) steelhead concerns. No gill net test or commercial fishery anticipated. Week 10/1 Preseason Forecast A commercial gill net fishery is (September 25 to approximately 690,000 chum. anticipated. Extensions are October 1) possible based on fleet size and catch. Boundary will be one mile line, west of Dare Point. Week 10/2 Based on preseason forecast. Gill net fishery anticipated. (October 2 to 8) Continue assessment with test Escapement in lake by October. fishing and escapement 5 to 8 = 75,000 with sufficient monitoring to lake. stock outside. Minimum weekly influx = 50,000. Week 10/3 Escapement in lake by Seine fishery anticipated. Seine (October 9 to 15) October 9 to 11 = 125,000; with opportunity dependent on test sufficient stock outside. fishing results and escapement Minimum weekly influx = into the lake. Early season 50,000. allocation is 50:50 gill net:seine. Maximum gill net catch of 200,000 chum before seine fishery. Week 10/4 Escapement in lake by October Seine and/or gill net opportunities (October 16 to 22) 16 to 18 = 175,000; depending on escapement to date, Minimum weekly influx = escapement rate, effort. 50,000. Week 10/5 Escapement in lake by Oct 23 = Seine and/or gill net opportunities (October 23 to 29) 225,000; minimum weekly influx depending on escapement to date, = 25,000. escapement rate, effort. 4.15. Nootka Chum

4.15.1. Background Conuma Hatchery enhances four systems in Tlupana Inlet that have different run timings. There are approximately 30 unenhanced chum systems in Nootka Sound.

The general fishery management approach is to achieve an approximately 20 percent exploitation rate in the approach waters (outer Nootka Sound). This is believed to be

Page 86 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

achieved by fishing one day per week during daylight hours with a “moderate” fleet of approximately 50 gill net vessels.

Seines have fished in years of high abundance.

Outer Nootka boundaries are designed to target fish migrating through the approach area and to avoid fish holding off the stream mouths.

A terminal harvest in Tlupana Inlet occurs if a surplus is identified through test fishing and stream assessments.

There is potential for an ESSR fishery which is dependent upon identifying a surplus to the enhanced systems in Tlupana Inlet through test fishing and stream enumerations. The likelihood of an ESSR fishery has been reduced in recent years due to the ability of the fishing industry to conduct controlled fisheries on identifiable surpluses.

Test fisheries by seine, and in some years gill net, are carried out to assess run strength. 4.15.2. General Constraints Daylight only fisheries to reduce by-catch (chinook and dogfish).

Stream mouth boundary at Marvinas Bay to protect local stocks adjacent to fishing area.

Hisnit Inlet closed during Tlupana Inlet fisheries to protect Deserted River chums.

The goal is to optimize Nootka chum harvest and limit by-catch of chinook and dogfish.

A mid to late September start date is normal.

There are separate approach area and terminal fisheries to facilitate bio-sampling for age and hatchery contribution.

Concern for wild chinook stocks in mid-September in outer Nootka Sound. 4.15.3. Pre-season Planning The first gill net fishing date is based on the pre-season forecast. Due to the harvest rate management strategy, a fishery would not occur if the forecast was extremely poor. 4.15.4. In-season Decisions If fleet size is modest (approximately 50 vessels), openings are one day per week in approach waters.

If fleet size is small (less than 30 vessels), openings are two days per week in approach waters.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 87 of 132

A terminal fishery on hatchery stocks in Tlupana Inlet is carried out if there is an identified surplus based on escapement and test fishery information.

Seine opportunities will be considered in-season. 4.15.5. Issues Minimum forecast to trigger commercial fishery needs to be developed.

Conuma hatchery frequently has difficulty in achieving egg targets on all four Tlupana Inlet enhanced systems

Conuma hatchery productions targets may be reduced.

Deserted River chum stocks are no longer enhanced. This will require additional protection during later Tlupana Inlet openings.

Chinook by-catch in mid-September needs to be considered.

Retrospective analysis of the harvest rate approach needs to be completed.

In-season advisory process is under review.

Coho (and chinook) retention in net fisheries when abundance permits. 4.15.6. Prospects for 2005 A return to more average brood year escapements combined with better than average survival rates will likely result in above average returns to wild systems. Returns to hatchery areas are expected to be good and should provide fishing opportunities similar to recent years. Note, that chum returns are highly variable. 4.16. Nimpkish Chum Decision Guidelines

4.16.1. Background Nimpkish chum have later timing than other Johnstone Strait chum stocks and are harvested in the terminal area. The spawning escapement goal for the river is set at 110,000 chum with additional fish required for brood-stock (approximately 3,000 females). The Namgis First Nation participates in the management of this stock.

Returning chum are assessed by scheduled over-flights of the river and in-river assessment activities (swim surveys). Other assessment alternatives are currently being considered, such as small fleet gill net assessment fisheries in years when surpluses are expected.

Should a commercial fishing opportunity be identified, Area B and D fisheries would be based on the current status of chum allocation goals, fleet participation and expected

Page 88 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

catch levels. Once all commercial and recreational opportunities are exhausted and if a surplus remains, an ESSR opportunity may be provided.

The Namgis First Nation has been given approval by the Department to explore a pilot cost recovery fishery proposal on Nimpkish chum (this is one of the three pilots that have been approved). Further development and consultation with commercial and recreational groups on the proposal is required by the Namgis First Nation prior to any harvesting approvals given to proceed with the pilot. 4.16.2. General Constraints Area of fishing is confined to a portion of Subareas 12-18 and 12-19 to direct harvest on returning Nimpkish River chum and minimize impact on other salmon species.

Collection of assessment information and river enumeration is often hampered by poor weather conditions, affecting the accuracy of in-season run size estimation and fishing opportunities. 4.16.3. Pre-season Planning Confirm in-season assessment programs for 2005. 4.16.4. In-season Decisions A commercial fishery with a reduced fleet could be initiated once 50 percent of the escapement target has been achieved. This fishery would assist in determining run strength.

Following this fishery and if a significant run size is confirmed, then further commercial fishing opportunities may be considered for the gear types based on allocation status, anticipated participation levels and expected catches.

If commercial fishing opportunities have been exhausted and a surplus is still available, then an ESSR opportunity may be provided. 4.16.5. Issues The possible initiation of a chum cost recovery fishery and development of sharing arrangements.

Ability to accurately determine run strength due to poor weather and high water conditions.

The late timing of this stock can result in market availability issues. 4.16.6. Prospects for 2005 A poor return is expected based on the weak return in the 2001 brood year. A surplus and commercial fishing opportunities are not anticipated.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 89 of 132

4.17. Fraser River Pink

4.17.1. Background Fraser River pink salmon are managed as part of the aggregate of south-bound pink salmon stocks. South-bound pink stocks include Mainland Inlet, Strait of Georgia, Fraser River, and some Washington State pink salmon runs. Historically, Fraser River pinks have been the major component of these stocks. 4.17.2. General Constraints It is expected that conservation and management constraints will affect harvesting opportunities in 2005. These constraints include Cultus Lake and Late Run sockeye, Thompson River coho, and Interior steelhead. 4.17.3. Preseason Decisions Potential fishing opportunities for pink salmon are based on spawning escapement targets (or exploitation rates), preseason forecasts of run size and timing, stock composition, conservation constraints, and input from various consultative processes. Plans for allocation of fishing opportunities are made in accordance with the Department’s Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon (see Section 2).

4.17.3.1. Run size Forecast

Preseason forecasts of run size at various probability levels are developed based on a scientifically reviewed methodology (see the PSARC Internet site at: www- sci.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca).

4.17.3.2. Escapement Strategy

The Department’s escapement strategy is to achieve escapement consistent with the interim goal of six million Fraser River pink salmon (plus an additional 30 percent of the run at run sizes greater than 17 million) and meet conservation requirements. Analysis of the productive capacity of Fraser River pink salmon based on historical data suggests that a spawning escapement level of 7.5 million fish would provide for maximum returns. However, there is some evidence that Fraser River pink runs may have been as high as 60 million fish between 1907 and 1913, with escapements possibly in the range of 15 million. Recent work (Beamish 2002) suggests that pink salmon returns may fluctuate based on periodic changes in ocean conditions such that higher escapements can produce higher returns during periods of favourable ocean conditions. There is some evidence a 1998 shift in ocean conditions occurred that is more favourable for pink salmon (Beamish 2002), suggesting there will be increased returns from higher escapements. 4.17.4. In-season Decisions Fishing plan options are evaluated for a range of possible run sizes and return timing, however, in 2005, preseason fishing plans will be developed based on the 50 percent

Page 90 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

probability level forecast. Fisheries will proceed based on the pre-season forecast until an in-season run-size estimate is available to adjust fishing plans. Figure 2 depicts the historical run timing for the 2005 cycle and forecast abundance (based on the 50 percent probability level) for Fraser River sockeye aggregates and pink salmon. Due to overlap of Fraser River pink migration timing with stocks of concern, it is anticipated that conservation measures will likely reduce the ability to harvest Fraser River pinks in mixed stock fishing areas or with non-selective gear. 4.17.5. Prospects for 2005 The estimated 417 million pink fry from the estimated 2003 escapement of approximately 24 million is below the record high of 697 million from an escapement of 13 million in 1991. The 2005 forecasts is 16,318,000 at mid-point (e.g. 50 percent probability level) with a one in two chance of being between 10,734,000 (75 percent probability level) and 22,761,000 (25 percent probability level).

Escapement targets, exploitation rates, and historical escapement levels are outlined in the escapement plan in Table 12. This table presents potential harvest for Fraser River pink salmon, but it is likely that actual harvests will be substantially lower as a result of conservation measures to protect co-migrating stocks (see Section 4.1.3).

Table 12: Fraser River Pink Salmon Escapement Plan for 2005

Run size forecasts showing 50 percent probability levels. Numbers are in thousands of fish.

Run Size Exploitation Exploitation Run Size Escape. Cycle year adult escapement estimates Interim Estimate Reference Points Target at Rate Rate at Run Goal Run Size (a) Guidelines Size 1985 1989 1993 1997 2001

- 7,059 0 - 15% 7,291 2,890 3,453 19,930 24,283 6,000 16,318 7,059 17,143 6,000 15 - 65% 63% 17,143 65 - 70%

a) Reference points based on exploitation rate targets 4.18. Mainland Inlet Pink Decision Guidelines Mainland Inlet pinks are comprised of two main stocks, the Kakweiken River in Thompson Sound and the Glendale system in Knight Inlet. Other significant Mainland Inlet stocks include the Phillips River. These stocks are mainly harvested in terminal areas and provide opportunities for all three commercial gear types, although seines catch the majority of fish.

The migration of these stocks to the terminal areas normally begins in early to mid-August and is usually complete by the middle to the end of September. These stocks may be managed as an aggregate early in the season (provided surpluses are expected for both stocks), and then separately as they enter the terminal areas. Seine and troll test fisheries in the terminal areas can be used as a tool for in-season assessment in years when good returns are expected. Fleet size during these fisheries is highly variable and depends on other fisheries occurring during the same time period (e.g. Fraser River sockeye fisheries) as well as market prices. Over-flights are also

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 91 of 132

used to assist in estimating abundance in the terminal areas, as well as provide in-season river escapement estimates.

Normal recreational fishery opportunities are available. First Nations fishing opportunities on these stocks are normally available but interest is usually low. 4.18.1. General Constraints Directed Mainland Inlet pink fisheries are restricted to terminal areas.

Daylight fishing only.

Fishing boundaries are established to minimize encounters of chinook, coho, sockeye and chum and to ensure escapement targets are reached.

Upper Knight Inlet boundary is implemented to conserve weaker stocks of pinks.

Kakweiken, Glendale and Phillips pink stocks are managed separately.

In 2005 a cautious approach to managing these stocks will continue due to an expected poor return based on a weak 2003 brood year.

No directed commercial fisheries are anticipated. 4.18.2. Pre-season Planning Develop assessment plans for in-season monitoring.

Develop plans for a continuation of Broughton Archipelago pink salmon action plan and studies. 4.18.3. In-season Decisions Commercial representatives are consulted through in-season licence area advisory bodies. Weekly assessments to determine abundance and potential fishing opportunities are based on over-flights, on-grounds surveys of the terminal areas and in some years, seine, gill net, and troll test fisheries.

The following considerations will guide fisheries management decisions:

• Commercial fishing opportunities are generally not considered until at least 30 to 40 percent of target escapements are in the river or are identified in terminal sanctuary areas, and there is evidence that a significant proportion of the return has not yet entered the river or sanctuary area. • Opening dates may be staggered if other fisheries are occurring during the same week, i.e. Fraser River sockeye or pink fisheries in Areas 12 and 13. • In years when very weak returns are expected to occur, non-retention of pink salmon in the recreational fishery can be expected in the Mainland Inlets of Area 12.

Page 92 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.18.4. Issues The commercial industry may have marketing and quality concerns during a protracted fishery in years when a significant surplus is available.

The abundance of these stocks can be highly variable and there are difficulties in assessing these stocks due to glacial water conditions and limitations of available assessment methods.

Continuation of Broughton Archipelago pink salmon action plan and studies. 4.18.5. Prospects for 2005 2005 is an off cycle year, and returns to the Mainland Inlet systems are expected to be poor due to a weak return in the 2003 brood year. Surpluses and directed fishing opportunities are not anticipated. 4.19. Bute Inlet Chum Decision Guidelines

4.19.1. Background Bute Inlet like many of the Mainland Inlets has a number of heavily glaciated rivers that returning chum will frequent. The three main chum producers are the Orford River, half way up the inlet, the Homathko and Southgate Rivers, both located at the head of the inlet. The Orford River escapement target for management purposes is 20,000 chum in Clear Creek. Returns and capacity of the Southgate and Homathko Rivers are significantly larger however the escapement targets are uncertain due to glacial nature of these systems impeding reliable escapement estimation. The Homalco First Nation operates an enhancement facility on the Orford River and produce chum on an annual basis with a target production of three million eggs per year. Assessment programs for these systems consist of mainly over-flight and stream walk inspections.

Bute Inlet is unique in that it has two separate runs of chum. The summer run which returns to the Orford River from late August to the end of October and the fall run which returns to the Southgate River from the end of October to the beginning of December. Currently, DFO is obtaining DNA samples from these systems to get a better understanding of chum stock distribution and timing within the inlet.

In the 1970’s and up to the late 1980’s, Bute Inlet had regular commercial chum gill net fisheries. In the late 1980’s chum returns were on the decline and hence commercial fishing opportunities ceased. However, over the last decade chum returns have been increasing and in 2003 and 2004 commercial opportunities were provided targeting Upper and Lower Bute Inlet chum stocks. 4.19.2. General Constraints Area of fishing confined to Subareas 13-21 and 13-22 to ensure directed terminal harvest of Bute Inlet Chum,

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 93 of 132

Ribbon boundaries are implemented to reduce impacts on returning coho.

Consideration must be given to the Orford River hatchery to ensure that sufficient brood stock collection opportunities are provided.

Coordination with other fisheries may be required to reduce fleet sizes.

The initiation of commercial fisheries is dependant on in-season assessment of terminal abundances.

Due to heavy glaciations of the rivers and surrounding waters of Bute Inlet, in- river and approach water enumeration is extremely difficult. 4.19.3. Pre-season Planning Confirm in-season assessment programs based on available resources.

Develop a strategy for a small fleet assessment fishery to assist in determining run strength.

Discuss potential fishing opportunities and strategies with commercial gear groups. 4.19.4. In-season Decisions In the case of Orford chum, if an escapement of 10,000 chum in Clear Creek is identified and there is evidence of a good showing of chum in Bute Inlet, consideration will be given to initiate a commercial fishery, based on allocation status, anticipated participation levels and expected available harvest.

Information collected from a small fleet assessment/test fishery could assist in determining abundance levels in Bute Inlet prior to initiating a fishery.

Implement ribbon boundaries to reduce incidental catch of coho.

If commercial fishing opportunities have been exhausted and surplus stocks are still available then an ESSR opportunity may be provided. 4.19.5. Issues Ability to accurately determine escapement levels will be difficult due to heavy glaciated waters.

Catch information from a small fleet assessment fishery will take a number of years before the data can be accurately used to help determine run strength

Limited resources and priorities will likely impact on the level of assessment programs that can be carried out.

Page 94 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

4.19.6. Prospects for 2005 The pre-season forecast suggests an average to above average return in 2005. There may be some limited commercial opportunities available.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 95 of 132

5. 2005 SOUTHERN B.C./FRASER RIVER FIRST NATIONS FISHING PLAN (FOOD, SOCIAL AND CEREMONIAL FISHERIES ONLY)

First Nations fishing plans are developed in accordance with the principles and objectives laid out in Section 2 and 3 of this plan, and in consultation with First Nations harvesters. Fisheries restrictions may be necessary where stocks of concern are present.

Catch Monitoring will be a priority in the management of First Nations fisheries in 2005. Monitoring programs will be expanded and real-time reporting technologies will be examined. 5.1. Specific Conservation Measures

5.1.1. Lower Georgia Strait Chinook Protective measures will be considered in terminal areas to reduce harvest impacts. Potential measures will be the subject of discussion with First Nation communities prior to development of the fishing plan. 5.1.2. Interior Fraser River Coho Conservation Measures Historical CWT data and DNA sampling indicate that Thompson and upper Fraser River coho are present in the lower Fraser River from late-August until mid-October. Closures during the following periods will be implemented in portions of the Fraser River to protect Thompson and upper Fraser River coho:

Fraser River - Below Mission September 6 To October 7 Fraser River - Mission to Hope September 8 To October 10 Fraser River - Hope to Sawmill Creek September 10 To October 13 Fraser River - Sawmill Creek to Lytton September 21 To December 31 Thompson River - Upstream to Bonaparte River Confluence. September 21 To December 31

During these times fishing will be restricted to very limited selective and experimental fisheries for all harvesters. 5.1.3. Cultus Lake/Late Run Fraser River Sockeye There are expected to be restrictions and closures for First Nations fisheries that target Fraser River sockeye stocks throughout southern B.C. in order to afford protection to Cultus Lake and Late Run stocks. Harvest limitations may also be required in the Fraser River upstream of the Vedder River confluence with the Fraser River to protect low returns of Late Run sockeye. 5.1.4. Sakinaw Lake Sockeye There are expected to be some restrictions in place for First Nations fisheries to protect Sakinaw Lake sockeye. Specifically, directed sockeye fishing opportunities for FSC purposes in Queen Charlotte Strait, Johnstone Strait and northern portions of the Gulf of Georgia, including Sabine Channel are expected to be restricted until late July.

Page 96 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

5.1.5. Early Stuart Sockeye The 2005 cycle is the strong cycle year for this stock however there has been a significant decline in this stock in recent years. It is estimated that the final escapement estimate will be less than half the in-season estimate provided by the PSC. Accordingly management will focus on restricting all fisheries to very limited, unplanned ceremonial First Nation fisheries or fisheries in terminal areas once abundance is confirmed. 5.2. Communal Licence Harvest Targets First Nations access to salmon for FSC purposes is managed through communal licences. These licences are designed for the effective management and regulation of First Nations fisheries through a negotiated series of mutually acceptable conditions. The dates, times and locations where harvesting may occur, type of gear, and other conditions are described in the communal licences. Communal licences can be amended in-season for resource conservation purposes.

DFO seeks to provide for the effective management and regulation of First Nations fisheries through the negotiation of mutually acceptable and time-limited Fisheries Agreements. Where agreement cannot be reached, DFO will issue an First Nations Communal fishing licence to the group authorizing them to fish for FSC purposes.

Draft anticipated harvest targets for communal licences in the Fraser River and south coast of B.C. are outlined in Table 13. Consultation with First Nations in each of the areas is underway. Actual catches will be dependent on, among other factors, in-season assessments of actual stock strength and management measures taken to ensure conservation of individual stocks.

Table 13: Communal Licence Harvest Targets

South Coast Lower Fraser Middle/Upper Total Fraser Sockeye Fraser 250,000 449,000 300,000 998,800 River Non-Fraser 20,000 0 0 20,000 River Coho 43,000 0 1500* 44,500 Pink 60,000 125,000 500 185,500 Chum 155,000 72,000 500 227,500 Chinook 34,000 12,000 18,000 64,000

Total Salmon 562,000 658,000 320,500 1,541,300

*Majority of harvest in mid/upper Fraser River area is anticipated to occur from terminal systems experiencing strong escapements in 2004 as enumerated by counting fence methodology.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 97 of 132

5.3. Aboriginal Commercial Fishing Opportunities The AFS was implemented to address several objectives related to First Nations and their access to the resource. One of these objectives was to contribute to the economic self-sufficiency of First Nations communities. An integral component of the AFS is the ATP. This Program facilitates the voluntary retirement of commercial licences and the issuance of licences to eligible First Nations groups in a manner that does not add to the existing effort on the resource, thereby providing First Nations groups with much needed employment and income. Since 1994 to 1995, when the ATP was first launched, over 250 commercial licences have been issued to First Nations groups.

Discussions regarding economic opportunities for First Nations are on-going with First Nations and stakeholders. See Section 7.10. 5.4. Special Projects or Initiatives

5.4.1. Food, Social and Ceremonial Coordinated fishery In 2003, a group of 22 South Island First Nations formed the “First Nations Marine Society” to develop a cost effective mechanism to harvest Fraser River sockeye for FSC purposes. The Marine Society worked cooperatively with the Department and the PSC in 2003 and 2004 to structure their fishery to provide quality stock assessment information to augment data from existing test fisheries in Johnstone Strait and the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Seine vessels were contracted by the Marine Society to carry out the harvest with partial funding provided by participating First Nations. Fishing operations were directed by departmental technical staff. Funding to cover incremental costs associated with structuring fishing operations to conform to the test fishery plan was provided by various government agencies. The cooperative fishery was able to meet FSC targets at a cost to First Nations that was substantially reduced from previous years. A PSC assessment of the fishery indicates that, in general, the program is a successful start to a longer term test fishery program which may contribute to Fraser River sockeye abundance estimation.

For 2005, the First Nations Marine Society in addition to conducting fishing for FSC purposes will also be participating in test fishing activities. Incidentally harvested pink salmon will be sold in order to support the test fishing activity. 5.4.2. Status of the B.C. Treaty Process There are now 55 First Nations organizations participating in treaty negotiations under the B.C. Treaty process. First Nations in the treaty process represent 122 Indian Act bands, 114 in B.C. and eight in the Yukon; two-thirds of all First Nations people in B.C. The treaty process is voluntary and open to all First Nations in B.C. Treaty, or Final Agreement negotiations, include several chapters of interest to fisheries management including fisheries, water, environmental assessment and protection, and other interests. Currently, the Lheidli T’enneh, Maa-nulth, Sliammon First Nation and Tsawwassen First Nation are negotiating final agreements, and several others are nearing agreement on Agreements-in-Principle. For more information, see the Index of Internet-based Information or the B.C. Treaty Commission at:

Page 98 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

www.bctreaty.net

The B.C. treaty process is open to all First Nations in B.C. but not all First Nation groups have chosen to engage in treaty negotiations with Canada and B.C. Some First Nations prefer to negotiate separately and directly with the federal and provincial governments. Other First Nations will enter the process as they become organized to do so while others will wait and see what can be achieved before committing themselves. 5.4.3. Lheidli T’enneh Harvest Study In August of 2000, Canada offered Lheidli T’enneh First Nation a Harvest Agreement for sockeye salmon within the terms of an Agreement in Principle treaty offer. Since then, the First Nation has conducted feasibility studies on various sales options. Consideration is being given in 2005 for a continuation of the previous studies as an interim measure. Fish for this project were obtained from the 1993 commercial licence buyback and will be managed separately from the FSC allocation. No special downstream measures will be required to accommodate this study and proceeding with the study is contingent on there being sufficient sockeye to meet spawning targets and the FSC needs of First Nations fishing in the Upper Fraser River watershed.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 99 of 132

6. 2005 SOUTHERN B.C. / FRASER RIVER RECREATIONAL FISHING PLAN

Recreational fishing opportunities for salmon are regulated by the British Columbia Sport Fishing Regulations, 1996 made under the Fisheries Act. The regulations are generally summarized in the 2005 to 2007 British Columbia Tidal Waters Sport Fishing Guide and the 2005 to 2007 British Columbia Freshwater Salmon Supplement which lists closed times/area, and size limits (where applicable). Daily catch limits and possession limits apply in all areas, as does the requirement to use barbless hooks when fishing for salmon. Please see Appendix 6 for information on tidal salmon opportunities. The new opportunities and changes for 2005 have been shaded for ease of viewing. Appendix 7 contains the information on non-tidal salmon opportunities.

Unlike the commercial fishery, recreational fisheries are open unless closed by Variation Order. Information outlined in Variation Orders, including changes to this 2005 fishing plan, will be communicated through fishery notices, media reports, telephone information lines and/or postings on the Pacific Region DFO Internet site at:

www-ops2.pac.dfo- mpo.gc.ca/xnet/content/fns/index.cfm?pg=search_options&lang=en&id=recreational.

These measures are subject to change in-season if additional conservation concerns develop. Additional recreational opportunities in tidal or non tidal (freshwater) areas may become available in-season if stock abundance is sufficient.

Details related to these opportunities can be viewed by accessing the British Columbia Tidal Waters Sport Fishing Guide or the British Columbia Freshwater Salmon Supplement (regulatory synopsis) Internet site at:

www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/recfish

Catch Monitoring will be a priority in the management of recreational fisheries. The Department is working with the SFAB to develop catch monitoring standards for use in the recreational fishery. 6.1. Chinook Conservation concerns are continuing to persist for wild chinook originating from WCVI systems. Consultations with the SFAB on management measures to protect returning WCVI wild chinook for the 2005 season are ongoing with the objective of reducing impact on these stocks relative to 2004. These measures include modification to chinook non-retention areas, reduced daily limit in near-shore areas for chinook greater than 77 cm in length, and specific spot closures where fishing for finfish is not permitted. In areas where hatchery stocks are abundant, fishing will be similar to 2004.

Page 100 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

The outer limit of the “conservation zone” is described as a line drawn approximately one nautical mile seaward of the surfline:

Begins at 48°35.900’N 124°46.000’W Seaward of Carmanah Point Then to 48°42.383’N 125°06.422’W Seaward of Pachena Point Then to 48°46.610’N 125°14.210’W Seaward of Cape Beale Then to 48°54.572’N 125°33.622’W Seaward of Amphritrite Point Then to 49°05.100’N 125°54.647’W Seaward of Cox Point Then to 49°10.283’N 126°04.792’W Seaward of Blunden Point Then to 49°16.473’N 126°15.140’W Seaward of Rafael Point Then to 49°20.008’N 126°17.188’W Seaward of Sydney Islet Then to 49°23.807’N 126°24.483’W Seaward of Hesquiat Point Then to 49°21.620’N 126°28.478’W Southerly of Matlahaw Point Then to 49°22.280’N 126°33.767’W Seaward of Estevan Point

The surfline is defined in the Pacific Fishery Management Area Regulations. These definitions are to provide clarity as these two terms are often used in Appendix 6.

Conservation concerns for LGS chinook stocks will guide fisheries planning in 2005. The Cowichan River chinook stock is an indicator stock of the LGS chinook aggregate. Escapement trends have been declining and remain well below the escapement target. Consultations with the SFAB have been conducted to review the current status and develop management options for the Strait of Georgia recreational fishery for 2005. 6.2. Coho Conservation measures for the protection of coho will be similar to those implemented in 2004 except that retention of two coho of which one may be wild will be permitted in selected areas in Area 12 from June 1 until December 31. Otherwise there will be no retention of wild coho, with the exception of some terminal areas which have an identified surplus.

Selective hatchery coho fishing opportunities will be similar to those provided in 2004. That is you may retain two hatchery coho per day from June 1 to December 31 in tidal waters unless otherwise specified in the Appendix 6. A hatchery coho is defined as one that has a healed scar in place of an adipose fin.

Thompson and upper Fraser River coho are present in the lower Fraser River from late August until mid-October. Conservation measures are necessary during the time period when approximately 95 percent of the run size is passing through an area. These dates are adjusted slightly each year to commence on the Tuesday following Labour Day. The adjustment has little effect due to imprecision surrounding the run time estimate. For 2005, conservation measures will be in place in the portion of the river listed during the times listed below:

Fraser River Below Mission September 6 to October 7 Fraser River Mission to Hope September 8 to October 10 Fraser River - Hope to Sawmill Creek September 10 to October 13

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 101 of 132

Fraser River Sawmill Creek to Lytton September 21 to December 31 Fraser River Lytton to Williams Lake September 28 to December 31 Fraser River Upstream of Williams Lake October 7 to December 31 Thompson River Upstream of Kamloops Lake October 2 to December 31

The Department will be assessing the impacts of either:

• Implementing no fishing for coho or sockeye salmon and a bait ban while salmon fishing during the above time period. • Implementing a total closure to fishing for salmon during these times.

The decision on which measure to implement will depend on:

• The estimated run size of Thompson River and Upper Fraser River coho. • The acceptable incidental mortality rate on these stocks. • The impact of a recreational fishery opening on these stocks given the large abundance of pink salmon expected to return in 2005. 6.3. Sockeye Measures are required in order to meet conservation objectives for stocks of concern such as the Fraser River sockeye Late Run timing group, in addition to the Cultus Lake, Sakinaw Lake, and Nimpkish River sockeye stocks.

It is anticipated that sockeye non-retention will be in effect from June 15 to October 30, 2005 except in those Areas and times where harvestable surpluses are identified and potential impacts on stocks of concern are within management constraints. Within the Fraser River upstream of Vedder Creek, sockeye retention is expected to be permitted from the last week of July until approximately mid-August subject to Late Run sockeye constraints.

The numbers of sockeye returning to the Somass River this year is expected to be lower than compared to last year. As a result all fisheries in the Alberni Inlet will be managed to ensure escapement levels are maintained. 6.4. Pink In most south coast tidal waters, the daily limit will be four pink salmon.

In the Mainland Inlets of Areas 12 and 13, 2005 is an off cycle year. Due to low escapements in 2003, non-retention restrictions will be implemented in the mainland inlets of Areas 12 and 13 until in-season abundance can be confirmed. 6.5. Chum In most south coast tidal waters the daily limit will be four chum.

Page 102 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

7. 2005 SOUTHERN B.C./FRASER RIVER COMMERCIAL FISHING PLAN

7.1. Implementation Due to uncertainty of both timing and size of returning salmon runs, many commercial openings are not confirmed until a few days prior to the actual opening. Although it is not stated in each section of this fishing plan, the management plan for any area may change in-season. Fishing Areas, Subareas or portions thereof, provisions for extensions, opening patterns and the duration of the fishing season can all be adjusted based on factors such as weak stock concerns, target stock abundance, fishing effort, rate of gear selectivity, domestic allocations and other factors.

This fishing plan is designed to minimize the incidental harvest of species designated as endangered by COSEWIC, which includes Sakinaw Lake sockeye, Cultus Lake sockeye and Interior Fraser River coho and also provides protection to other weak salmon stocks such as steelhead and in some areas, local sockeye, chinook and coho stocks. Special conservation measures for specific stocks are included in this fishing plan. Fisheries that occur on the south coast may be required to release all non-target species to the water with the least harm, depending on local stock concerns. These fishing plans reflect the decision of the Minister regarding Cultus Lake and Sakinaw Lake sockeye as well as consultation with the commercial fishing sector. In 2005, DFO will be encouraging the development of demonstration fisheries that promote biologically sustainable and economically viable fisheries. Fishery managers are working with fleet advisors to develop demonstration fisheries that experiment meeting a range of objectives including matching fleet size to the available stock, pacing fisheries to maximize value of the harvest and developing more cooperative fishing arrangements between fishers. Lessons learned from the demonstration fisheries will be considered for inclusion into fisheries of the future.

Catch Monitoring will be a priority in the management of commercial fisheries. For 2005, DFO will focus efforts on enforcement of current reporting requirements. 7.2. Licence Application and Issuance The 2005/2006 Salmon licensing period will encompass April 1, 2005 to March 31, 2006. Applications must be completed and submitted to a Pacific Fishery Licence Unit by March 31 of each year along with the required fee.

Prior to annual licence issue, vessel owners must ensure that:

• Any Ministerial conditions placed on the licence eligibility have been met • Any conditions of the previous year’s licence have been met, such as: submission of all harvest logs for 2005 (for further information contact the Salmon Catch Monitoring Unit at 250-756-7000), and submission of all fish slips for 2004 (for further information contact the Regional Data Unit at 604-666-2716).

For further licensing information see:

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 103 of 132

www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/salmon/licensing_e.htm 7.3. Mandatory Log-Book and Phone-In Program Fishers are reminded that there is a mandatory log-book and phone-in program in place for all commercial fisheries. In-season decisions could be directly affected by the level of compliance to the phone-in provisions.

The Conditions of Licence, for the 2005 season, require that commercial fishers make service arrangements with an approved service provider in order to fulfil reporting requirements. An approved service provider is a third party company, organisation or individual who meets departmental requirements for impartiality and security, and who will provide services including:

• Provide fishers with harvest logs with the same format and content as the appropriate example in Appendix 3. • Establish and maintain a computer network with secure access to the departmental salmon fishery database and computer software that will enable data entry into that database. • Establish and maintain a call centre that will receive in-season reports and enter the reported information electronically into the departmental salmon fishery database. • Submit the post-season catch reports required by these conditions of licence electronically to the departmental salmon fishery database, and issue letters confirming receipt of these reports.

Information on contacting currently approved service providers will be included with licence packages mailed to licence holders.

Refer to your Conditions of Licence for further details regarding the log book and phone-in program. 7.4. Proposed Changes to Commercial Fishery Regulations Amendments are being proposed to the Pacific Fishery Regulations, 1993, to increase selectivity in the commercial salmon fishery, in conformity with the Department’s policy on selective fishing. The changes will permit fishery managers to make changes to fishing requirements via fishery notice to reflect conditions as they occur in-season, rather than trying to anticipate conditions prior to the start of the year. The objective of the amendments is to provide fishing opportunities on allowable species while minimizing the mortality to non-permitted species. The proposed additions follow. 7.4.1. Gill Net Set/Soak Time and Gill Net Length The proposed addition of set times, soak times and gill net length would provide managers the flexibility to act on in-season circumstances, such as the presence of stocks of concern, and implement the appropriate requirements.

Page 104 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

7.4.2. Brailing The proposed amendment would allow managers to stipulate whether brailing is required based on the by-catch potential in that individual fishery. 7.4.3. Revival Tanks The proposed amendment would allow managers to stipulate whether the operation of the revival tank is required based on by-catch potential in that individual fishery. 7.4.4. Plugs The proposed amendment would allow fishery managers to specify the minimum size of plug to be used in troll fisheries in response to in-season information concerning the presence of stocks to be avoided.

Consultations with various groups will take place as deemed necessary prior to final submission of the regulatory amendment package. A workbook detailing the proposed amendments will be the basis for consultations and will be posted online at www.pac.dfo- mpo.gc.ca under Consultations.

These changes will not come into effect for the 2005/2006 season. 7.5. South Coast Non-Retention Species There will be non-retention of steelhead and coho in all southern B.C. commercial fisheries with the exception of some possible local surplus coho opportunities. For seine fisheries, there will also be non-retention of chinook in all areas.

There are also local and at times seasonal restrictions on various other salmon species. Please refer to the fishery notice that is released prior to every commercial fishery to determine any locally restricted species, or any in-season updates to the above. 7.6. Revival Tanks Revival tanks conforming to the Conditions of Licence will be required for all vessels participating in commercial salmon fisheries. All prohibited species captured incidentally must be either revived in the revival tank and released, or released directly to the water in a manner that causes the least harm. If in-season indicators show a deterioration of expected stock levels, additional measures may be implemented.

Construction drawings and additional details are available from the DFO Internet site at: www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/ops/fm/selective/default_e.htm 7.7. Gill Net Construction All net configurations may be of the 30 filament type (multi-strand). In all areas except Area 18, 20, and 22, the six filament type (Alaska twist) may be used. Specific restrictions such as the specifications for net construction and revival tanks are found in the conditions of the individual licences, which are attached to the licence. Fishers are urged to read these conditions carefully to ensure that their vessel and fishing techniques are in accordance with their licence.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 105 of 132

7.8. Retention of Lingcod by Salmon Troll All vessels that retain and land lingcod must meet monitoring and catch validation requirements. This is a new requirement for fishing in conjunction with salmon troll. Requirements include the following:

• Transportation requirement: All lingcod must be transported by the licensed vessel either directly to land or to a fish pen. • Hail in and hail out requirements through the designated service provider. • Specific locations and times at which landing of fish is permitted. • Landing requirements: The landing of any fish of any species is not permitted unless a designated observer is present to authorize the commencement of weight verification. • At the time and place of landing and where fish are not placed in containers prior to landing specific steps must be carried out in the presence of an observer.

Refer to the Schedule II Conditions of Licence for more details on the requirements when retaining lingcod. 7.9. Selective Fishing and other Conservation Measures

7.9.1. Selective Fishing Experiments In 2005, the Department will work with Area Harvest Committee representatives to develop selective fishing experiments aimed at solving by-catch issues. Proposals may include but are not limited to the following:

• Seine bunt grids. • Seine bunt mesh type and size. • Seine net efficiency. • Alaska twist gill nets. • Small mesh gill nets (tangle nets). • Release mortality on stocks of concern. • Large troll plugs for avoiding coho/juvenile chinook while targeting adult chinook. • Hook size in the troll fisheries. • Waterline release versus the use of a laminar flow revival tank for troll fisheries. • Gear or methods to avoid or release small sockeye (e.g. Sakinaw sockeye). • Alternate gear or fishing areas to avoid stocks of concern.

For 2005, the Department will work with AHC to identify selective fishing objectives. Individual proposals will need to be vetted through AHC for consultation and approval by the Department. The deadline for proposals to be submitted to the Department and AHC was May 2, although proposals submitted by the AHC after this date that are considered a high priority and have sufficient lead time to implement, may be considered. Proposals must have professional experimental design and reporting, appropriate observer coverage, and final results that can be independently verified. The Department

Page 106 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

and AHC will evaluate proposals based on specific criteria (conservation, project design, general manageability, future applicability and budget). 7.9.2. Selective Fishing Implementation When selective fishing experiments have provided positive evidence for a gear or method that would reduce impacts on non-target species or stocks the next step is implementation. A simple gear or fishing method change may be easy to implement directly into a fishery over a short period of time, while a more complex measure would require time to incorporate. More complex measures would require a greater degree of consultation and a strategy to allow for effective implementation by affected harvesters.

The first step in implementation may be the development of a small scale fishery to advance a measure beyond the experimental phase. A small scale fishery using the new gear and/or methods allows the affected harvesters the opportunity to better understand the operational aspects of a selective fishing gear or method by testing the implementation with a sub-sample of the fleet. If the small scale fishery is successful, further consultation would take place prior to the gear or method potentially being incorporated as a tool to be used to help solve a conservation issue through full implementation.

See Appendix 9 for details on specific projects. 7.9.3. Other Conservation Measures Conservation measures will be implemented to protect Sakinaw Lake and Cultus Lake sockeye stocks. While the extent of the closures is the subject of consultations with all user groups, restrictions in fishing for Fraser River sockeye can be anticipated in Queen Charlotte Strait and Johnstone Strait until late July for protection of Sakinaw Lake sockeye and throughout the entire south coast area starting in early August for protection of Cultus Lake sockeye. A portion of the Sakinaw, Cultus Lake and Okanagan Lake sockeye stocks returning in 2005 have been adipose clipped. Harvesters will be asked to release any sockeye missing an adipose fin.

Historical CWT data and DNA sampling indicate that Thompson and upper Fraser River coho are present in the lower Fraser River from late August until mid-October. Closures on the Fraser River River below Mission will be implemented from September 6 to October 7 to protect Thompson and upper Fraser River coho. During these times fishing would be restricted to very limited selective and experimental fisheries for all harvesters.

Conservation measures for certain stocks of Fraser River sockeye (e.g. Early Stuart and Late Run) will be implemented as required, possibly on short notice.

Commercial fisheries will not be permitted above Lewis Point until late July in order to protect Nimpkish sockeye.

Thompson River steelhead have declined in abundance in recent years and measures will be taken to reduce by-catch in commercial fisheries by delaying chum fisheries in Nitinat

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 107 of 132

(as in past years) and delaying Fraser River commercial gill net fisheries until early November unless in-season information and consultations including consultation with the Province of B.C., support a revised approach.

In 2005, DFO will once again be seeking the co-operation of harvesters in minimizing fishing activities in Robson Bight. This is part of a long-term management plan to afford protection to the killer whale populations that frequent this area during periods from mid- May to early October. Fishers are requested not to moor in the Robson Bight area until 24 hours prior to any fishery being announced for that respective gear type. Information on this management initiative can be obtained from Department charter vessels on the grounds and from DFO offices. 7.10. Collaborative Agreements (Co-management) A collaborative agreement is a formal co-management arrangement with a legally constituted, representative industry organization and allows for meaningful involvement of stakeholders in fisheries research incremental to that of the Department, and in the co-operative development and implementation of fisheries management and stewardship.

When an industry organization can demonstrate that it is representative (has a minimum membership of 66 percent) of the affected commercial licence holders in that licence area, the Department may enter into a collaborative agreement with that group. A collaborative agreement allows the organization to access a small portion of their annual TAC to fund projects (e.g. selective fishing, test fishing, special harvesting initiatives) and cover co-management costs. An organization interested in pursuing a collaborative agreement should initiate the process by contacting the appropriate departmental resource manager. 7.11. Special Projects or Initiatives

7.11.1. Pacific Fishery Reform The Department has conducted extensive consultations with the commercial salmon industry and First Nations concerning fisheries reform and renewal. The Minister has announced that 2005 will be a transition year for salmon fishery reforms. Changes in the fishery will look to improving biological and economic performance of the fishery as well as address First Nations aspirations for greater access to fish resources and involvement in fisheries management.

A number of proposals have been developed for consideration by representatives of salmon harvesting organizations. Review and discussion of these proposals are ongoing, and some are expected to be implemented in the 2005/2006 salmon season.

The objectives of these experiments are to assist in the development of fisheries that have lower biological risk, greater management control, and the potential for higher product values.

In an ever-changing environment such as resource conservation, a group may want to explore special harvesting initiatives or new management approaches to develop flexible

Page 108 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

fisheries with greater harvester control that improve product quality, increase value to the fleet and have better catch monitoring and compliance with catch limits. Projects that fall under this category may include investigating quota management in salmon fisheries, fishing in an unconventional area/time, or testing the abundance of stocks prior to full fleet fisheries. Special projects or initiatives may have significant components that relate to selective fishing.

Special projects or initiatives should be planned well in advance of proposed implementation so that effective planning and approval can take place. Generally a project of this type would be covered under a collaborative agreement, but could be funded from other sources. If an individual or group is interested in pursuing a special project or initiative they should contact the appropriate departmental resource manager and advisors for that fishery. After discussion, the resource manager will likely require a detailed proposal to submit for approval.

See Appendix 9 for some of the projects being considered in 2005. 7.12. First Nations Economic Opportunities Part of the action plan to reform Pacific fisheries involves increasing First Nations’ access to economic fisheries. Some of the projects being considered for 2005 are listed as follows. 7.12.1. Lower Fraser River First Nations Negotiations will be undertaken with Lower Fraser River First Nations (from the mouth of the Fraser River to Yale, B.C.) to develop and implement agreements regarding fisheries that have provision for the sale of a portion of their harvest. The allocation will be based on a portion of the FSC harvest target plus a share of the Canadian Commercial TAC. Fisheries that provide for sales have the same priority as commercial fisheries and will be announced concurrent with commercial fisheries in the Fraser River. While most of the opportunity will be based on sockeye, provisions for the harvest of pinks using selective means will be negotiated. 7.12.2. Somass River Negotiations will be undertaken with the Hupacasath and Tseshaht First Nations for agreements that provide for the sale of a portion of their harvest of sockeye and chinook. 7.12.3. Saanich Tribes – Chum Fisheries DFO will be undertaking consultation with Saanich tribes regarding the harvest and sale of Goldstream River chums. First Nation allocation for this fishery will be provided from licences retired from the Allocation Transfer Program. Consultation regarding this fishery will also be undertaken with advisors from the commercial sector. Harvest will be dependent on the abundance of fish returning to the Goldstream. 7.12.4. Cowichan Tribes – Chum Fisheries DFO will be undertaking discussions with Cowichan Tribes to participate an economic opportunity based on returning Cowichan River chum salmon similar to 2004 when the community operated the test fishery to confirm terminal abundance.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 109 of 132

7.12.5. Upper Fraser River Fisheries Conservation Alliance (UFFCA) – Sockeye The UFFCA and/or the Cariboo Tribal Council have recommended the harvest of sockeye destined for the Quesnel River system for economic purposes. Proposed harvest will occur in specific locations in the Quesnel River system near its confluence with the Fraser River. The proposal is expected to request a sockeye harvest in the range of 20,000 to 40,000 fish to ensure financial viability of the project. Proposed harvest will occur using gill net and beach seine gear. The Quesnel River sockeye forecast suggests a return of approximately 7 million fish in 2005 at the 50 percent probability (P) level. Management constraints to protect weak salmon stocks will prevent the full harvest of available catch from this stock to Canadian and U.S. fisheries. Terminal abundance in the Quesnel River system may exceed spawning ground requirements barring any unforeseen negative environmental event that may affect this stock during in-river migration. 7.12.6. Siska First Nation - Sockeye, Chinook, Pink The Siska First Nation has submitted a proposal to harvest sockeye, pink, and chinook salmon for economic purposes in the mid Fraser River immediately downstream of the town of Lytton, B.C. Quantity of harvest is unspecified at this time but would be caught using a fishwheel and gill net gear. A beach seine may be utilized if an acceptable fishing site to use this type of gear can be located. Proposed harvest would primarily consist of summer run sockeye and pink salmon. It is anticipated that the entire allowable catch of summer run sockeye and pink salmon may not be taken in traditional Canadian and U.S. commercial and recreational fisheries due to management constraints implemented to protect weak stocks. This situation could result in harvestable surpluses for economic purposes being available in the mid Fraser River system. 7.12.7. Secwepemc Fisheries Commission - Sockeye, Pink, Chinook The Secwepemc Fisheries Commission (SFC) have submitted a proposal to harvest 800 sockeye, 3000 pink, and 1200 chinook salmon from various locations in the Thompson River watershed. Sockeye harvest is proposed to occur in the Raft River based on a forecast return of 106,000 fish at the 50 percent P level for the Raft River stock. Harvest would be selective in nature using a fish fence. This stock is part of the Early Summer run sockeye aggregate. Chinook harvest is proposed to occur from the South Thompson River (500), Lower Shuswap River (400), and the Bonaparte River (300). Pre-season run size forecasts are not prepared for these particular chinook stocks. Harvest is proposed to occur in the Bonaparte River fishway using dipnets, use of gill nets in Little Shuswap Lake, and use of beach seine in the Lower Shuswap River. The proposed pink salmon harvest of 3000 fish is expected to be taken by a fishwheel in the mainstem Thompson River near Deadman Creek. Return of pink salmon to the Fraser River system in 2005 is forecasted to be approximately 16 million fish at the 50 percent P level. 7.13. South Coast Net

7.13.1. Juan de Fuca Strait and Fraser River - Area 20 and 29 Actual opportunities for targeted Fraser River sockeye fisheries will be determined based upon in-season assessment of Fraser River sockeye stocks and subject to achieving

Page 110 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

conservation objectives for Cultus Lake sockeye and Interior Fraser River coho. Limited opportunities targeting Fraser River sockeye are anticipated for licence Area B in Juan de Fuca Strait and if required, in Areas 18 and Area 29 off the Fraser River mouth and for Area E in Area 29 only starting as early as mid to late July until early August.

The FRP, in conjunction with PSC staff and DFO, will develop and implement Fraser River sockeye fishing plans for these areas, as they fall within Panel management responsibilities.

7.13.1.1. Early to Mid July - Area 20 and 29

No fisheries anticipated prior to mid-July in order to protect Fraser River Early Stuart sockeye stocks.

7.13.1.2. Mid-July to Early August - Area 20

Limited seine fisheries anticipated on Early Summer and Summer Run sockeye stocks with fleet size limitations, strict selective fishing techniques and monitoring.

Avoidance of coho, Late Run sockeye stocks, Cultus Lake sockeye, TAC and diversion rate will be factors determining available harvest opportunities on Early Summer and Summer Run stocks during this period.

7.13.1.3. Mid-July to Early August - Area 29

Commercial gill net fisheries are planned to target on Early Summer and Summer Run Fraser River sockeye. Avoidance of coho, presence of Late Run sockeye stocks, Cultus Lake sockeye and environmental conditions (low water, high temperatures), will be factors that may limit harvest opportunities during this period. A closure to protect holding Late Run Fraser River sockeye stocks in Subareas 29-1 to 29-6 and portions of 29-7, 29-9 and 29-10 is anticipated.

No seine fisheries planned for Area 29, however, exploratory seine fishing opportunities in Area 29 may be considered.

7.13.1.4. Mid-August to Mid October - Area 20 and 29

Area 20 to remain closed to protect Interior Fraser River coho and Late Run sockeye stocks including Cultus Lake sockeye.

Area 29 fishing opportunities will not be available due to Interior Fraser River coho, Late Run Fraser River sockeye (including Cultus Lake sockeye) and Interior Fraser River steelhead conservation concerns.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 111 of 132

7.13.1.5. Late October to Early November - Area 29

Potential gill net fishing opportunities will be determined in-season, based upon in-season assessment of the abundance of the chum salmon return and conservation objectives for Interior Fraser River and Chilko River steelhead.

7.13.1.6. Early November to Late November - Area 29

Potential gill net fishing opportunities will be determined in-season, based upon in-season assessment of the chum salmon return. 7.13.2. Johnstone Strait Limited opportunities targeting Fraser River sockeye are anticipated for licence Area B and D, in Johnstone Strait, Areas 11 to 13. These fisheries will be managed in a manner consistent with FRP objectives. Opportunities will be determined based upon in-season assessment of Fraser River sockeye stocks and subject to achieving conservation requirements for Sakinaw Lake and Cultus Lake sockeye and Interior Fraser River coho.

7.13.2.1. Early to Late July - Areas 11 to 13

No fisheries are anticipated prior to late July in order to protect Sakinaw Lake sockeye and Fraser River Early Stuart sockeye. No fishing opportunities are available above Lewis Point prior to late July to protect returning Nimpkish River sockeye.

7.13.2.2. Late July to Early August - Areas 11 to 13

Limited gill net and seine opportunities targeting Fraser River Early Summer and Summer Run sockeye are anticipated. Factors determining harvest opportunities will include management constraints for Sakinaw Lake sockeye, Cultus Lake sockeye and Interior Fraser River coho, as well as available TAC.

7.13.2.3. Mid-August to Late September - Areas 11 to 13

No directed sockeye fishing opportunities anticipated due to management constraints for Late Run sockeye stocks including Cultus Lake sockeye and Interior Fraser River coho.

Directed pink fishing opportunities anticipated dependant upon run size and exploitation rates on stocks of concern.

7.13.2.4. Late July to early September - Area 12 (Mainland Inlets)

Mainland Inlet pink: No directed fishing opportunities are anticipated due to the poor brood year escapement, however in-season assessment will determine if any

Page 112 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

potential fishing opportunities are available. There will be no fishing opportunities until surpluses are identified.

7.13.2.5. Early October to Late October - Areas 12 and 13 (Johnstone Strait Study Area Chum)

Chum pre-season forecast indicates average to above average returns based on the escapements from the 2001 brood year. The fixed harvest rate strategy which was implemented starting in 2002 will continue in 2005. For seines, two fisheries are anticipated and will be provided before and after the peak. Gill net and troll fisheries will be scheduled around the seine openings.

Specific fishing times will be determined pre-season following consultation with industry.

7.13.2.6. Terminal Opportunities

Net fishing opportunities targeting Bute Inlet chum are possible during September to October. Abundance levels and potential opportunities will be determined in- season. Opportunities will also be subject to low levels of incidental by-catch.

No fishing opportunities directed at Nimpkish River chum in late November are anticipated due to an expected poor return; however abundance levels and potential opportunities will be determined in-season. 7.13.3. Strait of Georgia - Areas 14 to 19 Due to conservation concerns for Sakinaw Lake sockeye, there will be no Fraser River sockeye fisheries in Area 16 (Sabine Channel) in 2005.

Potential for terminal fall chum fishing opportunities will be initiated as appropriate through in-season consultation with the MVI Chum Advisory Committee. The following opportunities may be available:

7.13.3.1. Mid-October to Late-November - Area 14

Possible Area D gill net openings starting mid-October. Further gill net openings are subject to overall abundance in Area 14 and escapements in the Puntledge, Little Qualicum and Big Qualicum Rivers. Area B seine opportunities will be dependent on abundance and allocation status and could potentially be available starting in late October.

7.13.3.2. Late-October to Mid-November - Area 16

Possible Area E gill net opening in Jervis Inlet where abundance permits. Fisheries will be focused on chum surpluses in the Tzoonie, Deserted and

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 113 of 132

Skwakwa Rivers. Area B seine opportunities will depend on abundance and allocation status.

7.13.3.3. Late-October to Early November - Area 17

Possible Area E gill net opening. Openings are subject to abundance estimates of Nanaimo River chum. Area B seine opportunities will depend on abundance and allocation status.

7.13.3.4. Late-October to Early December - Areas 18/19

Possible Area E and Area B fisheries in Satellite Channel and Saanich Inlet. Openings are subject to abundance estimates for the Cowichan and Goldstream Rivers. Area B seine opportunities will be dependent on abundance and allocation status. 7.13.4. West Coast Vancouver Island - Areas 21 to 27 Opportunities will be determined based on in-season assessment.

Preliminary forecast for Barkley Sound sockeye indicates a return similar to 2004 that should provide some commercial opportunities.

7.13.4.1. Mid June to Late July/Early August - Area 23

Gill net opportunities will be dependent on abundance and allocation guidelines.

Gill nets: One daylight day per week in Subarea 23-5 and portions of 23-3, 23-4 and 23-6.

On-going commercial gill net fishing opportunities for licence Area D subject to in-season reforecast of run size. First run reforecast scheduled for last week of June.

Openings later than the week of July 12 will likely be inside Alberni Inlet to limit exploitation of Henderson sockeye.

Seine opportunities will be dependent on abundance and allocation guidelines. If adequate abundance is identified a controlled fishery with pooling arrangements and fixed vessel participation will be implemented, as in 2004, in portions of Alberni Inlet.

7.13.4.2. Mid September to Late October - Area 23

Opportunities in Barkley Sound for small fleet exploratory chum fishery

Page 114 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

7.13.4.3. Mid September to Late October - Area 25

Gill net opportunities will be dependent on abundance and allocation guidelines.

Expect Area D gill net chum fishery for one daylight day per week in outer Nootka Sound (Subarea 25-7 and portion of 25-6). Coho retention permitted.

Possible seine opportunity dependent on abundance levels and allocation considerations.

Terminal fisheries in Tlupana Inlet based on identified surplus chums to enhanced systems.

Opportunities in Esperanza for small fleet exploratory chum fishery.

7.13.4.4. October - Area 21 and 121

Probable Area E gill net fishery for two days per week starting October 1 (daylight only), inside one mile boundary and north of Dare Point.

Further fisheries depend on reaching escapement milestones into Nitinat Lake and indications of abundance through commercial fishing, test fishing and stream enumeration.

Area B seine fishery in October dependent on reaching escapement milestones into Nitinat Lake and indication of abundance through commercial fishing, test fishing and stream enumeration. 7.14. Area G Troll (Outside Waters)

7.14.1. Sockeye No directed sockeye opportunities are anticipated for Area G in 2005. However, Fraser River sockeye run timing and abundance are under review to determine the appropriate Area G allowance of sockeye mortalities to permit directed fisheries on Fraser River pink salmon. 7.14.2. South Coast Pink The 2005 return of Fraser River pink salmon is expected to be abundant. Opportunities for pink fisheries in Areas 20, 123 to 127 on the WCVI, and Areas 11, 111, and upper 12 should be available. These opportunities will be subject to conservation based exploitation rates on late time Fraser River sockeye stocks and Interior Fraser River coho.

Subject to these constraints, Area G will plan to harvest pink salmon on the WCVI and in Areas 11, 111, and upper 12 if necessary.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 115 of 132

Pink fishery planning will involve analysis of data from a number of sources which could include the Johnstone Strait sockeye test fishery and an Area G test fishery. These test fisheries will estimate sockeye encounters prior to the opening a full fleet directed pink fishery.

The commencement of any potential Area G test fisheries and full fleet fisheries will be subject to run timing, abundance, and sockeye diversion data. It is estimated that test fisheries could commence as early as the week of August 14 in areas 127 and 126 and progress into areas 125 to 123 and area 20 as the migration of pink and sockeye salmon progresses southward. If Areas 11, 111, and upper 12 are identified as possible fishing areas, then possible test fishing dates will then be determined. 7.14.3. Chum - West Coast of Vancouver Island Troll opportunities will be dependent on abundance and allocation guidelines.

Consultations with Area G troll, Area D gill net and Area B seine will be conducted to discuss possible terminal chum opportunities. These opportunities may be available in areas such as Nootka Sound (Areas 25 and 125), and Nitinat Lake (Areas 21 and 22), and will be determined in-season.

Terminal chum opportunities usually occur in early October. Chum salmon may also be retained as incidental catch in other directed fisheries, such as chinook fishery in Areas 23 to 27, and 123 to 127. If abundance permits there may be a directed chum fishery in Areas 126 and 127 in September and October. 7.14.4. Coho The 2005 forecast for local WCVI coho is considered moderate, while Interior Fraser River and Strait of Georgia coho forecasts remain at low levels. Due to the outlook for WCVI coho, retention of marked coho as incidental catch may be possible in late September and October when coho stocks of concern have migrated through the WCVI. The details concerning any coho opportunities will need to be discussed after a review of possible stock impacts is completed.

Surpluses of coho should provide opportunities in terminal areas all along the WCVI. These opportunities would be depend upon in-season abundance and planning meetings with other stakeholders. 7.14.5. Chinook Under the PST, WCVI chinook fisheries are based on an AABM model. Fisheries are prosecuted on an aggregate of U.S. and Canadian chinook stocks. Abundance forecasts provide estimates for two years in advance. The fall 2003 stock information is used to forecast the aggregate abundance of all chinook stocks for fall 2004 and spring 2005.

The Chinook Technical Committee (CTC) has estimated an AABM catch allowance of 188,000 chinook. The domestic harvest levels are estimated to be: First Nations FSC – 5,000, Recreational – 40,000, and Area G Commercial – 143,000.

Page 116 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

The following chinook fishing plan is subject to the harvest level obtained in each fishing period and therefore in-season planning discussions with the Area G Harvest Committee are on-going. Harvest levels are also subject to conservation constraints that may arise in-season. The 2004/2005 chinook year fishery opened on October 1, 2004 and will conclude September 30, 2005. It should be noted that actual opportunities will be determined based upon the April 2005 AABM abundance estimate, in-season assessment, and conservation concerns.

7.14.5.1. Mid-April to Mid-June - WCVI - Areas 125 to 127, and Area 20

A full fleet fishing opportunity off the WCVI is planned to harvest chinook.

Portions of Area 123 and 124 will likely be closed to conserve Strait of Georgia chinook and Interior Fraser River coho.

Harvest level of 60,000 to 70,000.

55 cm size limit.

Gear restrictions or area closures can be imposed to reduce coho encounters.

7.14.5.2. July and August - Areas 124 to 127, and 20

Depending on the remaining domestic harvest level for Area G and impacts on stocks of concern, selective fisheries or Fisheries Renewal pilot demonstration fisheries are possible.

These fisheries will be subject to a review by the Area G Harvest Committee in consultation with the Department. Harvest levels would be determined during this review process.

7.14.5.3. Late August to Mid-October - Terminal WCVI Coho and Chinook Fisheries

A surplus of coho and chinook to the Stamp/Somass system is anticipated in 2005. Similarly, a surplus of chinook to the Conuma hatchery in Area 25 is anticipated.

In consultation with First Nations, the SFAB, and Area D, harvest opportunities on these stocks are likely.

7.14.5.4. September - WCVI - Areas 123 to 127

A full fleet directed chinook fishery to harvest domestic surplus may be available to Area G at the end of the 2004/2005 chinook year, if there is available TAC.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 117 of 132

If this fishery proceeds it will be restricted to outside waters only, the inner boundary will be a minimum of one mile outside of the surfline.

The anticipated opening date for this period would be mid to late September. Stock composition data indicates that coho stocks of concern have migrated past the WCVI during this time period. Retention of marked coho that are encountered as incidental catch will be permitted during targeted chinook fisheries in September.

The timing, location, and duration of the fishery will be subject to abundance, available TAC, and by-catch concerns.

7.14.5.5. October Through Winter Time Period - to May 2006 - Areas 23 to 27 and 123 to 127

Chinook fishing opportunities on the WCVI from October 1 to late May, 2006 will continue within PST allowable limits as part of the fall/winter time period. Coho and sub-legal encounters as well as early-timed upper Fraser River and Harrison chinook, Strait of Georgia chinook, and WCVI chinook will be considered in the planning for these fisheries.

Tentative harvest levels will be set prior to the commencement of the 2005/2006 chinook year, which commences October 1, 2005 and concludes September 30, 2006. Retention of marked coho that are encountered in the October AABM chinook fisheries will be permitted. Retention of marked or unmarked coho may be possible during October ISBM fisheries that could occur in WCVI terminal areas. These terminal opportunities are subject to in-season review of abundance and run size estimates.

Opportunities for the October to March period will be based on monthly catch ceilings developed by DFO and Area G advisors. This fishery may be constrained by encounters of coho, undersized chinook, and updated information concerning the chinook stocks listed above. These constraints could result in local and/or early closures. 7.15. Area H Troll (Inside Waters)

7.15.1. Chinook No directed chinook fisheries are planned in 2005 although a demonstration fishery is proposed regarding a small targeted catch of Fraser River chinooks in the terminal area (Area 29). Due to concerns for Strait of Georgia stocks, chinook non-retention may be considered for 2005.

Page 118 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

7.15.2. Coho There will be no coho retention opportunities in 2005. Test fishing in areas not conventionally fished in recent years may be considered to gather stock assessment information. 7.15.3. Sockeye, Pink and Chum The Gulf Trollers Association (Area H) plan to renew their collaborative agreement with the Department to access a portion of their TAC (e.g. Fraser River sockeye salmon and/or Fraser River pink salmon or Johnstone Strait chum salmon), with a seine vessel. The proceeds from this harvest will assist in funding their co-management costs, selective fishing projects and special projects.

Area H will be permitted to retain pink salmon by-catch in Fraser River sockeye fisheries occurring in Areas 12, 13, 18, and 29 with the exception of the waters of Queen Charlotte Strait north of Lewis Point where pink non-retention may be required to protect migrating Mainland Inlet pinks. 7.15.4. Anticipated Opportunities for Area H Troll 7.15.4.1. Late July - Area 12

Mainland inlet pinks: In-season abundance assessment (e.g. overflights, escapement counts and test fisheries), will determine if any surplus is available. A troll fishery may be conducted to assist in determining the abundance of pinks. Boundaries to be determined in-season. Coho sensitive areas will remain closed. No opportunities are anticipated due to an expected poor return.

7.15.4.2. Late July to Early August - Areas 12, 13, 18 and 29

Fraser River sockeye: These fisheries will be managed in a manner consistent with FRP objectives. Conservation measures to protect Sakinaw and Cultus Lake sockeye will result in the need to limit fishing opportunities in Johnstone Strait. Limited fishing opportunities are anticipated in late July to early August. Details on weekly fishing strategies will be determined through the FRP and following consultation with Area H advisors. The following Subareas are expected to open: 12-1, 12-3 to 12-4, 13-7 (excluding Deepwater Bay), 13-8, 13-9 and 13-27 to 13- 32. A staggered opening (from north to south) or closure (from south to north) may be considered if it results in increased fishing time without increased impacts on stocks of concern.

Areas 18 and 29 may open in relation to the abundance and timing of Early- summer and Summer-run stocks which may not be timed with opportunities in Johnstone Strait. Fishing opportunities in the lower Strait of Georgia will be confirmed in-season following consultation with industry and will depend on run size, diversion patterns, Late-run concerns and remaining Area H allocation.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 119 of 132

7.15.4.3. Mid to Late August/Early to Mid-September - Areas 12, 13, 18 and 29.

Mainland Inlet pink fisheries are not anticipated but would be considered if stocks appear to be returning in sufficient abundance. Fisheries would primarily focus on returns to the Bond and Knight Inlet areas (e.g. Kakweiken, Glendale and Phillips River stocks). Details to be determined in-season.

Fraser River pink fisheries are anticipated in Johnstone Strait and Area 18 when the incidence of Late-run Fraser River sockeye, are low. This opportunity could be significantly impacted by concerns for conserving Late-run Fraser River sockeye, in particular concerns for Cultus Lake sockeye. Consideration may be given to a stepped opening and closing strategy to allow the earliest possible opening time (e.g. open northern Area 12 first before southern Area 12 followed by Area 13). Pre-season meetings will help shape the final fishing plan for Fraser River pinks.

Subject to approval by DFO a small number of chinook salmon may be harvested in Area 29 in Mid-August to Mid September under a highly controlled quota pilot demonstration fishery.

7.15.4.4. Early October/Late October - Areas 12 and 13

Inside chum pre-season forecast is for an average to above average return in 2005. Chum fishing opportunities are anticipated to commence in the first week of October. The study area chum fishing plan will be finalized pre-season following consultations with stakeholders. Chum fishing opportunities in terminal areas will be determined in-season and discussed through pre-season meetings and the chum advisory process.

7.15.4.5. Mid to Late October - Area 29

Area 29 will remain closed until October 7 due to coho conservation measures. Possible fishery after October 7 if commercial chum surplus is identified.

Page 120 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

8. 2004 POST-SEASON REVIEW

8.1. Conservation/Sustainability Objectives Management objectives from the 2004 IFMP are set out below, along with an assessment of the success in achieving these objectives. 8.1.1. Objective: The objective for Interior Fraser River coho (including Thompson River coho) is to limit the Canadian exploitation rate up to three percent (not including terminal harvest on systems experiencing strong escapements). The total impact of Canadian fisheries on Interior Fraser River was approximately 2.4 percent in 2004. These conservation measures appear to have tempered the trend of declining escapements in Interior Fraser River coho, although the aggregate abundance is still fluctuating, primarily in response to marine conditions. From 2000 through 2002, brood over brood escapement increases were observed. In 2003, the escapement to the interior Fraser River was estimated to be 21,000 which was very similar to the parental brood escapement of approximately 20,000, however, in 2004 the aggregate escapement declined from approximately 60,000 (brood year – 2001) to 40,000. Continued low marine survival rates such as those observed in 2003 and 2004, and concerns over potential drought conditions suggest that this stock aggregate will continue to require actions to limit total exploitation. 8.1.2. Objective: The objective for Late Run Fraser River (excluding Birkenhead) sockeye is to manage to a maximum exploitation rate of 15 percent. Within the Late Run aggregate Cultus Lake sockeye was to be managed to an exploitation of 10 to 12 percent. Late Run sockeye have historically delayed in the Gulf of Georgia for four to eight weeks prior to entering the Fraser River. In recent years this behaviour has changed to one where there has been immediate river entry for significant proportions of the Late Run return. This unusual behaviour has been associated with high levels of en-route and pre- spawn mortality, escalating to levels of 90 percent and greater in 2000 and 2001. To address the high probability of continuing en-route and pre-spawning mortality in 2004, the FRP adopted a precautionary management strategy that incorporated a risk assessment of the proposed fishing plans. The risk assessment included uncertainties associated with run size, run timing and river entry dates for Late Run sockeye in an attempt to ensure that there was a high (67 percent) likelihood of the exploitation rate on Cultus Lake sockeye remaining below 12 percent.

The pre-season plan made several assumptions, including: Late Run sockeye would continue their early migration behaviour with an associated en-route mortality rate of 73 percent based on a 50 percent peak river entry date of August 28 (average 50 percent migration date in Adams off cycle years since 1996); Late Run sockeye 50 percent peak migration date in Area 20 of August 13; that the capability to assess in-season run size and migration timing for Late Run sockeye would not be possible resulting in the

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 121 of 132

utilization of the pre-season model to track in-season fishery impacts on Late run sockeye; and that the approach to management of fisheries would be responsive to in- season information as long as management objectives were not compromised.

Harvest opportunities on the Summer Run in 2004 were very similar to those identified in the pre-season fishing plan which was severely constrained as a result of Late Run and Cultus Lake sockeye concerns. Additional fishing time resulted in-season from increases in the Early summer run size as well as the early component of the Summer Run aggregate.

Fishing opportunities were available in Canada for all user groups in 2004, including First Nations, commercial, selective and recreational fisheries. The final in-season estimates of escapement provided from the Mission hydroacoustics program suggest that the gross escapement goals were achieved for the Early Stuart and Early Summer aggregates and not achieved for the Summer and Late Run timing groups.

In-season assessment of Late Run sockeye migration into the Fraser River in 2004 indicated a continuation of the early entry behaviour. Post-season assessment suggests that the marine run timing of Late Run sockeye was 5 days earlier than expected, with a 50 percent peak run timing in Area 20 of August 8 as opposed to the pre-season assumption of August 13. In addition the diversion rate through Johnstone Strait was slightly higher than predicted, greater than 80 percent as opposed to 78 percent. The combination of these two factors resulted in the 15 percent exploitation rate ceiling for Late Run sockeye being exceeded by a significant amount with the post-season estimate being 31 percent. In the case of Cultus Lake sockeye the pre-season objective of an exploitation rate between 10 to 12 percent was also exceeded with the final estimate being 24 percent.

Due to the earlier than expected arrival of Late Run (excluding Birkenhead) sockeye into the Fraser River (50 percent peak date of August 18 at Mission, as opposed to August 26), the predicted en-route mortality was 89 percent as derived by the Environmental Management Adjustment model.

Post-season run size calculations suggest that the 2004 Late Run (excluding Birkenhead) was approximately 262,200, considerably larger than the pre-season forecast of 100,000 (50 percent probability level). As a result of the earlier river entry date on Late Run Fraser River (excluding Birkenhead) sockeye and the associated 89 percent en-route mortality, the near final spawning ground escapement estimate of 32,300 is approximately double the pre-season expectation of 17,000. The near final spawning ground escapement estimate for Birkenhead was 59,600. 8.1.3. Objective: The objective for Sakinaw Lake sockeye was to manage to an exploitation rate not to exceed 10-12 percent. It is estimated that the exploitation rate on Sakinaw sockeye was 19 percent. The target was exceeded due to higher than forecasted harvest rates in Johnstone Straits. One

Page 122 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

hundred adults were counted by video monitoring at the stream mouth (mean date of entry was August 2). This was a complete count. A maximum of 99 sockeye entered the lake and 79 were counted on the main spawning beach from November to mid December. The 2004 and 2005 returns are the strongest brood lines in the four year cycle (only three sockeye were counted at the mouth in 2003). This escapement of 100 was much less than the forecast escapement of 390. Although the stock is not going to be listed as Endangered under the SARA, there is no dispute that it is in peril and strong efforts are ongoing to minimize mortality and maximize productivity. 8.1.4. Objective: The objective for WCVI chinook is to manage Pacific fisheries (not including enhanced terminal areas) to an exploitation rate similar to that of 2003 (between 11 and 15 percent). Due to poor numbers of natural spawners in many WCVI rivers, an exploitation rate ceiling of between 11 and 15 percent was instituted in Canadian fisheries. In 2004, the forecast terminal return assuming only Alaskan harvest was 96,500 chinook (or approximately 82,000 with 15 percent Canadian ocean exploitation rate).

Preliminary analysis indicates that the exploitation rate for WCVI chinook in 2004 was approximately 12 to 15 percent in Canadian ocean fisheries, which reflects the maximum exploitation rate exerted on most natural WCVI chinook stocks (e.g. Clayoquot Sound). This estimate does not include the Barkley Sound sport fishery, estimated at an additional 12 percent. However, the Barkley fishery mostly impacts enhanced stocks returning to the local area.

The terminal return of chinook to the Stamp River/RCH indicator stock was above pre- season expectations and estimated to be approximately 141,000, or a 40 percent increase over 2003. The proportion of age three returns was high following the large return of jack (age two) returns in observed in 2003 further indicating that the 2001 brood (for hatchery stocks) is strong.

Escapement into most WCVI rivers increased in 2004 over levels observed in 2003. However, the age composition of spawners in unenhanced systems was largely skewed to five year olds. The low proportion of age three and four year old adults in 2004 likely reflects the low level of spawners from the 2000 and 2001 brood years and suggests returns of wild stocks in 2005 will be below average. For this reason, more stringent management action is required in 2005 relative to 2004 in order to conserve these stocks. 8.1.5. Objective: The objective for Interior Fraser River Steelhead is to limit fishing mortality rates to recent year levels of less than 15 percent. Pre-season modeling of south coast fall fisheries estimated a total fishing mortality of about 15 percent. Analysis conducted post-season indicated a slightly earlier timing of Interior Fraser River Steelhead than forecasted. This shift in timing now indicates that the total fishing mortality impact as estimated by the harvest model is 18 to 19 percent

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 123 of 132

8.1.6. Objective: The objective for Okanagan sockeye is to minimize the impact of Canadian fisheries in years of low abundance. A strong return of Okanagan sockeye to the Columbia River system was observed in 2004. 74,000 sockeye migrated past Wells Dam on the Upper Columbia River which resulted in a peak live dead (PLD) spawning escapement of 35,000 fish in the Okanagan River within Canada. This escapement modestly exceeds the PSARC approved spawning goal objective of approximately 30,000 fish. Spawning success exceeded 90 percent.

Harvest of sockeye by Okanagan First Nations for FSC requirements was minimal. Most fish were in an advanced state of sexual maturity when present in Canadian waters and the Okanagan First Nation wishes to maximize spawning escapement of this stock to address stock rebuilding initiatives. 8.1.7. Objective: The objective for Nimpkish sockeye is to minimize the impact of Canadian fisheries. Fisheries that impact on Nimpkish sockeye were delayed until late July to minimize the impact of these fisheries. 8.1.8. Objective: The objective for Earliest-timed Fraser River chinook is to minimize harvest in all approach fisheries and to limit harvest levels in Fraser River First Nations fisheries to levels similar, or less than in previous years. Management plans for approach fisheries during the migration of early-time Fraser River chinook were similar to previous years. The harvest level in the lower Fraser River as represented by effort in First Nations fisheries increased relative to the previous two years but was similar to 2001 when the PSARC recommendation to not increase harvest levels was made. 8.1.9. Objective: The objective for inshore rockfish is to introduce conservation strategies that will reverse declines and ensure stock rebuilding is secured. A fishing mortality rate of less than two percent (all Pacific Region fisheries) will be required to achieve this objective. Rockfish conservation areas (no fishing zones for gear that impact on rockfish (e.g. angling, salmon trolling) have been implemented in the Strait of Georgia and West Coast of Vancouver Island. Consultations are underway to implement new rockfish conservation areas on the North Coast. This is a long term objective where management actions will be implemented incrementally. 8.1.10. Objective: The objective for LGS chinook is to reduce fishery exploitation in known areas of significant impact. Fisheries that impact on LGS chinook were modified to reduce the impact. Specifically, First Nations fisheries were modified in some terminal areas. Management actions were introduced in some terminal area chinook fisheries including chinook non-retention and no salmon fishing areas. As well the Area G chinook salmon troll fishery was modified to reduce impacts on these stocks.

Page 124 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

8.1.11. Objective: The objective for Mainland Inlet pink salmon for 2004 will be to limit harvest to ensure average even year cycle escapement levels. Mainland Inlet pink salmon fisheries remained closed for the season. Escapements were noted to be at near average levels which is a positive sign given the very low brood year returns. 8.2. First Nations Objectives

8.2.1. Objective: The objective is to manage fisheries to ensure that, subject to conservation needs, first priority is accorded to First Nations for opportunities to harvest fish for FSC purposes and any treaty obligations. There were opportunities for FSC fisheries for First Nations throughout the south coast and Fraser River in 2004 for most salmon stocks. Fishing restrictions were implemented to protect Early Stuart and Late Run Fraser River sockeye stocks as well as Sakinaw Lake sockeye. Restrictions were also in place to protect Thompson River coho and to minimize impacts upon WCVI chinook. However, there were ample opportunities to harvest healthy salmon stocks in 2004. In total First Nations FSC fisheries harvested approximately 638,000 sockeye in the Fraser River and 256,000 Fraser River sockeye in marine waters (Johnstone Strait, Strait of Georgia and Area 20) as well as 103,000 sockeye from Barkley Sound. In addition to sockeye, First Nations had consistent opportunities to harvest chinook, coho and chum salmon (utilizing selective gear in the Fraser River). In the Fraser River there were approximately 40,000 chinook, 71,000 chum, and 1,600 coho harvested. In marine waters there were approximately 26,000 chinook, 39,000 chum, 0 pink and 6,500 coho harvested. 8.3. International Objectives

8.3.1. Objective: Manage Canadian Treaty fisheries to ensure compliance with the PST. Obligations within the PST were met in 2004 for sockeye, chinook, coho, and chum salmon. Review and performance of the PST provisions occurs annually at bilateral meetings of the PST, and these results are published and available from the PSC. More information is available on the PSC Internet site. 8.4. Domestic Allocation Objectives While fisheries were managed to address conservation objectives, they were generally conducted in a manner that was consistent with the Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon. However inconsistencies (and significant levels of disagreement) exist regarding the allocation of by- catch. The Allocation Plan for 2004 identified the coast-wide sharing plan as follows: seine 40 percent, gill net 38 percent, and 22 percent troll. What were actually achieved were 31 percent, seine 34 percent gill net and 35 percent troll.

The other objective was an equitable sharing arrangement between the southern gill net fleets and the southern troll fleets. At the end of the season, the southern gill net sharing was: Area D

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 125 of 132

1584 sockeye equivalents per vessel (seq/v), compared to Area E 1641 seq/v. The troll sharing was Area G 1891 seq/v, compared to Area H 1723 seq/v. 8.5. Enforcement Objectives

8.5.1. Objective: Post-season enforcement summary to be provided to advisors for their consideration. The main goal is to have fisheries implemented that have a high compliance rate.

At the end of each season, statistics are compiled on the numbers of checks conducted from various platforms (at-sea, vehicle and foot), and the number of charges resulting from these checks and others. Using this information, staff can evaluate whether enforcement priorities were met and whether various enforcement activities were effective. Overall compliance rates for each area and fishery are calculated to identify priority areas for enforcement in subsequent seasons. Table 14 summarizes the enforcement actions taken in southern B. C. waters in 2004.

Table 14.: Summary of Enforcement Actions in Southern B.C. Waters in 2004

Enforcement Profile - South Coast Salmon IFMP - 2004

Category Location Persons Occurrence Violations* Checked** First Nations Coastal 687 56 28 Lower Fraser 425 300 96 B.C. Interior 1025 18 104 Total 2137 468 228 Commercial Coastal 1007 62 71 Lower Fraser 224 95 94 B.C. Interior 2 0 0 Total 1233 157 165 Recreational Coastal 5861 217 264 Lower Fraser 2064 142 95 B.C. Interior 1119 27 28 Total 9044 386 387 Habitat Coastal 1526 333 42 Lower Fraser 690 793 34 B.C. Interior 3159 230 51 Total 5375 1356 127 *Violation statistics include warnings, charges, tickets issued, charges pending and seizures from unknown persons.

** For habitat statistics show “Sites Checked”.

Page 126 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

8.6. Enhancement Objectives Enhancement objectives were not included in the 2004 IFMP but are outlined below, along with an assessment of the success in achieving these objectives. 8.6.1. Objective: Enhancement Operations facilities will focus efforts on maintaining production supporting conservation and sustainable fisheries and provide key support to other priority watershed and public involvement activities. The SEP has been operating with an annual deficit since 1996. In 2004, DFO initiated a review of SEP to determine if budget targets could be met without closing facilities and with least impact on objectives. Proposed changes to production were targeted to minimize impact on fisheries and focused where stocks are strong and there are large hatchery surpluses. This will affect the future availability of fish provided to First Nations through ESSR arrangements. Production was maintained for all stocks enhanced for rebuilding objectives

Egg targets are determined pre-season for each stock. Return strength and difficulties in capturing broodstock because of environmental conditions or poor returns can limit success in achieving targets. Actual fecundity and in-hatchery survival rates will determine the number of juveniles released. Hatcheries may collect additional eggs to supply to other programs. These are not included in the hatchery egg targets in the following tables but are included in the actual eggs taken. 8.6.2. Objective: Chinook Production will continue for all stocks currently being enhanced but targets may be reduced at sites with significant surpluses or where Area priorities have changed. Production continued at most sites with some changes in release strategies to increase operational efficiencies. Targets were reduced at other sites with significant rack surpluses. Current SEP tagging and mark sampling of the hatchery escapement of DFO stock assessment priority key stream projects was maintained.

In 2003, summer chinook returns to Puntledge were down compared to the previous two years. In 2004, extremely high summer water temperatures in the river resulted in higher than normal pre-spawn mortality of summer chinook. As a result, few eggs were collected. The Puntledge Summer Captive Brood program provided additional eggs to support this depressed run. Fall chinook returns continued to improve in 2003 and 2004 and were strong enough to support a terminal as well as an in-river retention fishery.

Although CEDP hatcheries are not included in this IFMP, it should be noted that all brood 2004 chinook alevins incubating at Cowichan CEDP Hatchery were lost during a power outage caused by a winter storm and subsequent malfunction of the backup generator. According to guidelines, less than one third of the returning adults had been collected for brood. Thus the remaining two thirds of the run spawned naturally. Steps have been taken to prevent a reoccurrence.

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 127 of 132

West Coast chinook hatcheries experienced continued surplus returns in 2003 and targets were reduced for 2004 brood. The Conuma hatchery also enhanced Gold, Muchalat, Burman and Tahsis chinook. Due to concerns about straying from Robertson Creek Hatchery, egg collected from Gold and Muchalat were kept in separate trays until otolith readings could confirm the origin of the broodstock. Progeny of Robertson strays were released as small fry while native stock were reared to smolt.

Chinook Production 2003 Brood (million) 2004 Brood (million) Target Actual Target Egg Eggs Hatchery Stock Smolt Smolt Smolt Target Attained Release Release Release B Qualicum B Qualicum 3.74 3.71 3.74 4.50 4.80 Capilano Capilano 0.56 0.42 0.56 0.90 0.97 Chehalis Harrison Fall 2.35 1.33 2.35 3.00 3.28 Summer Red 0.39 0.26 0.39 0.50 0.56 Chilliwack Chilliwack Fall 1.20 1.22 1.20 1.50 1.57 Summer Red 0.41 0.50 0.41 0.50 0.58 Conuma Burman 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.55 Conuma 2.40 2.68 1.70 2.10 2.37 Gold 0.04 0.00 0.04 0.05 0.63 Muchalat 0.12 0.01 0.12 0.15 0.005 Sucwoa 0.04 0.00 0.04 0.05 0.04 Tahsis/Leiner not appl2 not appl2 not appl2 0.38 0.20 Tlupana 0.04 0.06 0.04 0.05 0.05 Inch Stave 0.21 0.29 0.21 0.29 0.27 Maria Slough 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.10 0.10 L Qualicum L Qualicum 2.50 2.97 2.50 3.50 3.23 Nitinat Nitinat 3.00 3.54 2.00 2.50 3.19 Sarita 0.50 0.59 0.50 0.55 0.43 Puntledge Punt Fall 1.80 2.16 1.55 2.00 1.88 Punt Summer 2.00 1.37 2.00 2.40 0.95 Quinsam Quinsam 3.40 3.13 3.15 4.15 4.06 Robertson Nahmint 0.43 0.05 0.43 0.50 0.06 Robertson 7.20 8.13 6.00 7.20 7.48 Shuswap Shuswap Low 0.85 0.70 0.50 0.70 0.53 Shuswap Mid 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.30 0.33 Spius Coldwater 0.07 0.091 0.05 0.09 0.09 Nicola 0.14 0.161 0.12 0.16 0.17 Salmon 0.07 0.061 0.07 0.12 0.12 Spius 0.07 0.031 0.05 0.09 0.11 Tenderfoot Tenderfoot 1.20 1.15 1.20 1.40 1.31 Total 35.45 35.33 31.64 40.23 39.92 1 Fry rearing for release in 2005 as yearling smolts. 2 Partnership with community. Conuma Hatchery incubates the eggs for release by Tahsis Enhancement Group.

Page 128 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

8.6.3. Objective: Coho Production will continue for all stocks currently being enhanced but targets will be reduced at sites with significant surpluses or where Area priorities have changed. Production continued for all stocks enhanced for fishery objectives at projects operated by DFO staff. However, 2004 brood coho targets were reduced 20 to 25 percent at most Southern B.C. facilities to decrease rack surpluses while maintaining fishery opportunities for recreational, commercial and First Nations. Fishing opportunities should be maintained on all stocks, but there will be somewhat fewer fish available for catch. Reductions to rack surpluses will impact future First Nations ESSR harvest.

Adipose marking of coho on hand (2003 brood) was reduced to the 2004 brood production level, with the balance left unclipped. 2003 brood smolts will be released in the spring of 2005. All 2004 brood hatchery production for harvest objectives will be marked to ensure that returns are available to the fishery. Stocks which are mass marked are noted with an asterisk in the following table. In addition, community hatcheries will release 2003 brood smolts for potential small hatchery mark-selective fisheries on Alouette, Kanaka, Mossom, Noons, Seymour, Serpentine, Nicomekl, Little Campbell, and Coquitlam rivers in the Lower Mainland, Chapman and Lang creeks on the Sunshine Coast and Fanny Bay, Nanaimo, San Juan and Quatse river on the Vancouver Island. Production of Conuma coho was discontinued, and future harvest in this area will be managed for natural stocks.

Production of fry and smolt releases was maintained for all stocks enhanced for rebuilding objectives. 2003 brood coho fry (2004 release) are not included in the following release table. There were no eggs collected for 2003 brood Duteau coho (Shuswap Hatchery) due to insufficient returns of this depressed stock. All 2004 brood production will be released as fry. Spius Creek coho enhancement was discontinued, as the stock is healthy, and will be monitored for post-enhancement success.

Current SEP tagging and mark sampling of the hatchery escapement of DFO stock assessment priority keystream projects was maintained.

Coho Production 2003 Brood (million) 2004 Brood (million) Target Projected Target Egg Eggs Hatchery Stock Release Release Release Target Attained B Qualicum B Qualicum * 1.25 1.29 1.00 2.00 2.19 Capilano Capilano * 0.63 0.63 0.63 1.50 1.73 Chehalis Chehalis * 0.90 1.04 0.80 1.10 1.07 Chilliwack Chilliwack * 1.95 1.84 1.20 1.70 1.54 Conuma Conuma 0.10 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 Inch Inch * 0.15 0.16 0.15 0.19 0.24 Nicomekl * 0.08 0.01 0.08 0.09 0.10 Norrish * 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.19 0.19 Serpentine * 0.08 0.06 0.08 0.09 0.15 Stave * 0.23 0.22 0.23 0.28 0.23

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 129 of 132

Coho Production 2003 Brood (million) 2004 Brood (million) Target Projected Target Egg Eggs Hatchery Stock Release Release Release Target Attained Nitinat Nitinat * 0.20 0.23 0.20 0.50 0.54 Puntledge Puntledge * 0.80 0.54 0.60 0.90 1.08 Quinsam Quinsam * 1.10 1.12 0.80 1.13 1.39 Robertson Robertson * 0.80 0.83 0.60 0.74 0.74 Shuswap Duteau 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.74 0.66 Shuswap Mid 0.00 0.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 Spius Coldwater 0.07 0.05 0.07 0.14 0.14 Deadman 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.04 Salmon 0.03 0.002 0.03 0.17 0.18 Spius 0.08 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 Tenderfoot Ashlu 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.09 Mamquam * 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.07 Squamish 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.09 Tenderfoot * 0.10 0.13 0.10 0.13 0.33 Total 8.85 8.81 7.47 11.78 12.79 1 Fry rearing for release as smolts in 2005. Some or all are mass marked with an adipose clip for Mark Selective Fishery opportunities (stocks identified with *). 2 Egg Target includes eggs for fry releases but not for transfer to other facilities or research. 8.6.4. Objective: Chum production will be maintained for all stocks with directed commercial and First Nations fisheries. Cost recovery funding is provided by First Nations to maintain some facility targets at current levels Production continued for stocks at projects operated by DFO staff. Small changes were implemented to accommodate changes to Area objectives. Deserted chum enhancement (Conuma Hatchery) was discontinued. Changes in area and time boundaries will be used to protect this stock from fisheries occurring on other Nootka Sound chum stocks. The Chehalis chum target reflects a partnership arrangement with Chehalis First Nation. Chum Production 2003 Brood 2004 Brood (million) (million) Target Actual Target Egg Eggs Hatchery Stock Fry Fry Fry Target Attained Release Release Release BQualicum Chan B Qualicum 54.00 24.51 54.00 125.00 49.05 Chehalis Chehalis 6.00 5.91 6.00 6.400 6.84 Chilliwack Chilliwack 1.10 1.74 1.10 1.200 2.10 Conuma Canton 1.00 0.48 1.00 1.200 0.72 Conuma 2.00 1.59 2.00 2.600 2.36 Deserted 1.70 0.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 Sucwoa 1.70 0.41 1.00 1.20 1.15 Tlupana 1.00 0.43 1.00 1.20 1.07 Inch Inch 1.00 0.83 1.00 1.20 1.20 L Qualicum Chan L Qualicum 38.00 38.0 62.00 31.36

Page 130 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan

Chum Production 2003 Brood 2004 Brood (million) (million) Target Actual Target Egg Eggs Hatchery Stock Fry Fry Fry Target Attained Release Release Release Nitinat Nitinat 35.00 23.77 35.00 42.00 40.86 Puntledge Puntledge 3.60 3.67 3.60 4.00 4.34 Tenderfoot Tenderfoot 0.08 0.15 0.36 0.40 0.43 Weaver Chan Weaver 2.70 1.66 2.70 4.13 4.81 Total 148.88 65.95 146.76 252.53 146.29 8.6.5. Objective: Pink production will be maintained for all stocks with directed commerci al and First Natio ns fisheries , in partners hip with com munities. Production was maintained at proje cts operated by DFO staff in partnership with communities. A ll eggs at the Pu ntledge Hatchery were collected f rom returns to Quinsam Hatchery, leaving returning adults to spawn natural ly in the Pun tledge/Tsolu m Rivers. Tradition ally, significant additional eggs are tak en at Quins am to support transfers into East Coast Vancouver Island streams by comm unity partners. Due to the unusually low return of pink to the Quinsam/Campbell, very few 2004 brood eggs were available to transfer to other East Coast Vancouver Island projects. There is no significant even year pink producti on on the Fra ser River.

Pink Production 2003 Brood (milli on)2 004 Brood (m illion) Target Actual Target Egg Eggs Hatchery Stock Fry Fry Fry Target Attained Release Release Release Puntledge Puntledge 2.40 2.30 2.40 3.50 2.80 Quinsam Quinsam 7.00 6.21 7.00 7.80 6.30 Weaver Chan Weaver 0.92 0.69 off year off year off year Total 12.72 9.20 9.40 11.30 9.10 8.6.6. Objective: Sockeye production will focus efforts on maintaining production supporting stock conservation and sustainable fisheries. No changes were proposed to sockeye production from managed channels or hatcheries. 2004 brood egg depositions to channels are not yet available.

In 2003, the old Upper Pitt hatchery site was taken out of service and eyed eggs were transferred to a new Pitt Satellite facility at Inch Creek Hatchery. This isolation facility is also being used to rebuild Cultus Lake sockeye. Some eggs from 2003 and 2004 brood Cultus Lake were set aside for captive brood purposes and the remainder incubated and reared at Pitt Satellite facility for a fall release to Cultus Lake. Eggs were also collected in 2003 and 2004 from captive brood adults reared to maturity. Rosewall Creek Hatchery on Vancouver Island is currently rearing captive brood stock from the 2000 to 2004 brood years. Rosewall Creek is also rearing Sakinaw captive brood sockeye in

2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Page 131 of 132

conjunction with a community facility. Sakinaw sockeye fry not required for captive brood are released to Sakinaw Lake.

Average escapement to Weaver Creek in 2003 resulted in the creek being loaded to less than 50 percent capacity. The channel, however, was loaded to full capacity and the pre- spawning mortality rate remained fairly low, resulting in strong fry production. In 2004, a low escapement resulted in the channel being loaded to near capacity, with very few fish loaded into the creek.

For brood year 2004, both Gates Creek and Nadina River channels experienced fairly low escapements. Given an extremely low escapement and high water conditions, the Horsefly spawning channel was not loaded in the fall of 2004.

2003 Brood (million) 2004 Brood (million) Target Actual Target Egg Eggs Hatchery Stock Fry Fry Fry Target Attained Release Release Release Gates Chan Gates 4.50 5.81 4.50 9.00 15.80 Horsefly Chan Horsefly 17.50 27.00 17.50 35.00 0.00 Nadina Chan Nadina 3.50 1.60 3.50 7.00 12.30 Weaver Chan Weaver 46.80 45.23 46.80 65.00 53.53 Pitt Satellite Upper Pitt 2.00 2.34 2.00 2.50 2.05 Cultus 0.35 0.35 0.75 1.00 1.00 Ouillet Sakinaw 0 0 0.04 Shuswap Okanagan 0.35 0.35 1.30 1.40 1.40 Total 75.00 82.68 76.35 120.90 86.12

9. ATTACHMENTS

Appendix 1: 2005 Anticipated Commercial Allocations by Licence Area and Species Appendix 2: South Coast Rockfish Interim Areas of Restricted Fishing Appendix 3: Logbook Samples Appendix 4: Fishing Vessel Safety Appendix 5: Maps of Commercial Salmon Licence Areas Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Appendix 7: Freshwater Water Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Appendix 8: Advisory Board Memberships Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries

Page 132 of 132 2005/2006 Southern B.C. Salmon Integrated Fishery Management Plan Appendix 1: 2005 Pacific Salmon Allocation Implementation Plan

This document describes anticipated licence area allocations for each gear type and for each species of salmon. These anticipated licence area allocations are intended to guide fishing arrangements at the local level and are not fixed entitlements. Application of these sharing arrangements is subject to meeting all conservation objectives, First Nations obligations, international commitments, deliverability and manageability constraints and other management considerations including all conservation measures currently in effect. Where appropriate the potential harvest identified is a range that reflects the most recent PSARC approved forecasts for each stock grouping at a 50 percent and 75 percent probability level. In other cases, the potential harvest represents the informed point estimate of fisheries managers based upon historic average return rates and available PSARC approved analysis.

Although best efforts will be made to achieve these coast-wide allocation targets, no guarantees are offered that target allocations will actually be achieved in any given year. The achievement of these targets will depend upon the ability to fish selectively and the conservation needs of the resource. In the event that target allocations are not achieved, no compensatory adjustments will be made to future allocations. Specifically, as in 2004, “catch up/make up” adjustments to future target allocations will not be considered in the event that a gear type does not meet its target allocation.

The following specific operational guidelines for 2005 are noted:

• Individual licence holders and groups of licence holders will not be permitted to make their own allocation transfer arrangements. • As in 2004, there will be no directed commercial fisheries for Fraser River sockeye or Fraser River pink salmon in the north (i.e. area licence categories A, C and F). • Harvest from both full and limited fleet exploratory and assessment fisheries intended to obtain information that will benefit a specific fleet will be considered part of the allocation of the fleet conducting the exploratory fishery. • Harvest from experimental or selective fisheries, designed to test (new or modified) more selective fishing gear and methods, in most cases will be considered part of the five percent allocation set aside to encourage selective fishing. This will be determined preseason based on approved selective fishing proposals. • The target allocations for gill net D and gill net E area licences will attempt to equalize the relative average catch per licence in sockeye equivalents. • The target allocations for troll G and troll H area licences will attempt to equalize the relative average catch per licence in sockeye equivalents. • If after spawning escapement objectives are met, and despite best efforts, it becomes apparent that an area licence group is unable to achieve its target allocation, subject to conservation requirements, uncaught balances will be given first to the same gear type in a different licence area and, second to different gear types in a manner that reflects their relative target allocations.

Appendix 1: 2005 Pacific Salmon Allocation Implementation Plan Page 1 of 6

It is noted that these are not fixed entitlements but are a projection of available fishing opportunities given present forecasts of stock abundance and best efforts to achieve coast-wide target allocations by gear type. These represent the intentions of fisheries management if abundance is as expected and all other things are equal. However, in many cases in-season adjustments will be necessary to address conservation concerns or other unforeseen events.

1. NORTH COAST

1.1. North Coast Sockeye Areas Potential Seine A Gill Net C Troll F Harvest (Pieces) 1, 3 to 5, 101 to 105 900K 25% 74.8% 0.2% 6 to 10 3K 25% 75% 0% 1.2. North Coast Pink Areas Potential Seine A Gill Net C Troll F Harvest (pieces) 1 to 5, and 101 to 105 5.5M 80% 18% 2% 6 to 10 3.5M - 5M 90% 10% 0% 1.3. North Coast Chum Areas Potential Seine A Gill Net C Troll F Harvest (pieces) 1,2,101 to 111,130,142 50K 55% 45% 0% 3 to 5 50K 0% 100% 0% 6 to 10 550K 55% 45% 0%

Notes on chum allocations:

• Catch shares in Areas 6 to 10 have been highly variable in recent years and depends on amount of gear fishing. • Anticipate seine non-retention of chums in Areas 3 to 6 except when fishing hatchery chums in Area 6. • Area 3 to 5 gill net projection is by-catch only.

Page 2 of 6 Appendix 1: 2005 Pacific Salmon Allocation Implementation Plan 1.4. North Coast Coho Areas Potential Seine A Gill Net C Troll F Harvest (Pieces) 1 to 10, 101, 102, 105-107, 350K 20% 5% 75% 130, 142

Notes on coho allocations:

• There will be opportunities for directed coho harvest in troll fisheries on the north coast of B.C. Net fisheries for Skeena salmon will require non-retention of coho in all fisheries targeted at other species. Other areas are likely to allow coho retention. Check weekly Fishery Notices for details. 1.5. North Coast Chinook Areas Potential Seine A Gill Net C Troll F Harvest (Pieces) 1 to 5,101, 102, 130, 142 170K 0% 6% 94% 6 to 10 6K 0% 95% 5%

Notes on chinook allocations:

• There are no directed chinook fisheries on the north coast of B.C. for the seine fleet. Directed gill net fisheries occur in Areas 4 and 8 and there is some by-catch in other north coast fisheries. • Areas 1-5 troll, the TAC is determined by the PST chinook model. The PST allocation for the Area F troll fleet is preliminarily set at 167K. However, due to conservation concerns for other stocks the expected harvest may be less than this level.

2. SOUTH COAST

2.1. South Coast Sockeye Areas Potential Seine B Gill Net D Gill Net E Troll G Troll H Harvest (Pieces) Area 23 30K 60% 40% 0%

Fraser River 2.0M 48% 14.5% 26.5% 0% 11% Sockeye

Appendix 1: 2005 Pacific Salmon Allocation Implementation Plan Page 3 of 6 Notes on sockeye allocations:

• Area 23 sockeye: If due to manageability concerns fleet target catches can not be harvested, efforts will be made to redistribute the foregone harvest to other fishing fleets as per the terms set out in Principle 7 of An Allocation Policy for Pacific Salmon. For 2005, a fishing plan similar to 2004 is anticipated for seine and gill net. • Fraser River sockeye: Based upon only the spawning escapement requirements, the Fraser River sockeye TAC is approximately four million sockeye. However, protective measures will be implemented to address statistical variations, environmental conditions as well as conservation concerns for Sakinaw Lake, Cultus Lake and Late Run sockeye. These factors will substantially reduce opportunities to harvest healthy summer run stocks. Actual harvest may therefore be considerably less than four million at the 50 percent probability level. 2.2. South Coast Pink Areas Potential Seine B Gill Net D Gill Net E Troll G Troll H Harvest (Pieces) Fraser River 1.5M 70% 4% 1% 12% 13% Mainland 0 73% 9% 0% 0% 18% Inlets (A12)

Notes on pink allocations:

• Off cycle for mainland pink, no surplus anticipated. • There is high uncertainty around the potential harvest for Fraser River pink due to conservation constraints for co-migrating Late-timed Fraser River sockeye stocks 2.3. South Coast Chum Areas Potential Seine B Gill Net D Gill Net E Troll G Troll H Harvest (Pieces) 11 to 19, 1M 63% 19% 12% 0% 6% 28 to 29 21 to 22 800K 70% 29% 1% 23 to 27 120K 0% 98% 0% 2% 0%

Notes on chum allocations:

• The Johnstone Strait chum mixed stock harvest strategy limits total harvest to 20 percent, of which 15 percent is allocated to commercial fisheries. Two, one day seine openings in October are fixed pre-season. Gill net and troll openings are scheduled through October; effort levels in these fisheries are the main driver for the number and duration of openings.

Page 4 of 6 Appendix 1: 2005 Pacific Salmon Allocation Implementation Plan • Commercial allocation sharing arrangements in Johnstone Strait are; seine Area B – 77 percent; gill net Area D – 17 percent; and troll Area H – 6 percent. Anticipated catch in Johnstone Strait is approximately 750K with an addition 250K estimated in the terminal areas. • Nitinat Chum (Area 21 and 22) sharing arrangements provide an opportunity for Area G licence holders to harvest stocks produced in the geographical area for which they are licensed. For the 2005 season, Area G trollers will continue to be allocated a small portion of these local stocks. • The allocation guideline for “early season” Nitinat chum is 50 percent gill net and 50 percent seine with a cap of 200,000 chums for gill nets during the early part of the season. In the “clean-up” phase, fishing will be opened to both gears simultaneously. • For the West Coast Vancouver Island (WCVI) chums (i.e. Nootka Sound) seine opportunities will be considered when large surpluses are identified. • For Fraser River chum, harvest opportunities will be constrained by conservation concerns for Interior Fraser River steelhead. 2.4. South Coast Coho Areas Potential Seine B Gill Net D Gill Net E Troll G Troll H Harvest (Pieces) 11 to 20, 29 0K 55% 15% 15% 0% 15% 21 to 27, 3K 15% 15% 15% 55% 0% 121, 123 to 127

Notes on coho allocations:

• Except for potential terminal opportunities, there will be no directed coho fisheries on the south coast of B.C., and there is non-retention of coho in all fisheries targeted at other species. • On the WCVI, there is a potential for surpluses at Robertson Creek Hatchery in 2005 supporting directed coho harvest as well as retention of coho by-catch in Nootka chum fisheries. 2.5. South Coast Chinook Areas Harvest Seine B Gill Net D Gill Net E Troll G Troll H Forecast (Pieces) 11 to 20, 29 7K 5% 95% 0% 21 to 27, 121 170K 12% 12% 76% to 127

Notes on chinook allocations:

Appendix 1: 2005 Pacific Salmon Allocation Implementation Plan Page 5 of 6 • Areas 11 to 20 and 29, chinook retention in sockeye, pink and chum fisheries are not anticipated in 2005 due to Lower Georgia Strait chinook concerns. The majority of chinook catch will be during Area E sockeye fisheries and directed chinook gill net fisheries in the Fraser River. • Areas 21 to 27, 121, 123 to 127, as determined by the PST chinook model, the available harvest for the Area G troll fleet for October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2005 is approximately 143K. However, due to weather, abundance and conservation concerns for other species the expected harvest may be less than this level. • All catch during the calendar year of 2005 will be accounted for in the 2005 allocation plan. • In addition, potential terminal opportunities for gill net and troll will be considered on enhanced stocks in Areas 23 and 25 as abundances permit.

Page 6 of 6 Appendix 1: 2005 Pacific Salmon Allocation Implementation Plan Appendix 2: Rockfish Conservation Areas

To date a total of 89 rockfish conservation areas have been implemented. With the onset of the Rockfish Conservation Strategy, the Department announced that it would create closed areas that encompassed up to 50 percent of the rockfish habitat within the Strait of Georgia and up to 20 percent on the West Coast of Vancouver Island, Central Coast, North Coast and the Queen Charlotte Islands. To date, most of the closed areas are contained within the Strait of Georgia.

In September 2004, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will carried out further consultation to identify potential rockfish conservation areas in the outside water areas (West Coast of Vancouver Island, Central and North Coast, Queen Charlotte Islands), with the goal of closing 20 percent of the rockfish habitat for fishing.

Descriptions including maps of the RCAs can be found through a local Fisheries and Oceans Canada office, or on the Internet at: www-comm.pac.dfo- mpo.gc.ca/pages/consultations/fisheriesmgmt/rockfish/default_e.htm

1.1. Permitted Fishing Activity in Rockfish Conservation Areas The following fishing activities will be permitted in RCAs:

RECREATIONAL COMMERCIAL Invertebrates by hand picking or dive Invertebrates by hand picking or dive

Crab by trap Crab by trap Prawn by trap Prawn by trap Smelt by gill net Scallops by trawl Salmon by seine or gill net Herring by gill net, seine and spawn-on-kelp Sardine by gill net, seine and trap Smelt by gill net Euphausid (krill) by mid-water trawl Opal Squid by seine Groundfish by mid-water trawl

Recreational and commercial fishing activities not listed in the tables above are not permitted.

First Nations are encouraged to employ fishing methods or fish in locations to avoid the harvest of inshore rockfish. First Nations fishing for food, social and ceremonial purposes is permitted in RCAs.

Appendix 2: Rockfish Conservation Areas Page 1 of 1

Appendix 3: Salmon Logbook Examples

SALMON GILLNET Logbook I.D. # G Report Catch to: 1-(888) 387-0007 Record all catch in pieces Page #

Vessel Name: VRN (CFV#): Vessel Master Name: 1 FRC#: 2 3 3 Net Type : A or M or C Net Length: (fathoms) Weedline Depth : Hang Ratio: :1 Mesh Size : # of Meshes:

4 Date Kept Mgmt. Hours # of Sub- Steel- Sturg- 5 or Sockeye Coho Pink Chum Chinook Atlantic Dogfish Birds Other Species Mon Area fished sets area(s) head eon Day Released

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #:

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #:

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #:

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #:

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #:

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #: 1. FRC# is the current Fisher's Registration Card number, issued to the Vessel Master by the Department of Fisheries and Oceans. 2. Net Types: circle one ( A = Alaska Twist, M = Multi Strand, C = Combination ). 3. Give measurement units ( in or " = inches, cm = centimeters, mm = millimeters ). 4. Kept are species retained on board; Released are species returned to the ocean. 2005 5. Other Species: M= Mackerel, L= Lingcod, H= Halibut, R= Rockfish. Identify marine mammals by species. Appendix 3: Salmon Logbook Examples Page 1 of 3 SALMON SEINE Logbook I.D. # S Report Catch to: 1-(888) 387-0007 Record daily catch in pieces Page #

Vessel Name: VRN (CFV#): Vessel Master Name: 1 FRC#:

Date 2 1 Mgmt. Hours # of Sub- Kept or Adult Jack Steel- Sockeye Coho Pink Chum Atlantic Birds 3 Other Species Day Mon. Area fished sets area(s) Released Chinook Chinook head

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or Confirmation #:

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or Confirmation #:

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or Confirmation #:

Kept Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or Confirmation #:

Offloading Information Sockeye Coho Pink Chum Chinook (Other) Dates Fished # Date Pieces Pcs Pieces Pieces Pieces Pcs Complete if catch pooled with First day Last day Days offloaded Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs that of another vessel: Day Month Day Month Received Offloaded fished Day Month Kgs Kgs Kgs Kgs Kgs Kgs from: to: Vessel Name:

Business and port offloaded to: Fish slip #: Offload #: VRN (CFV#):

Name:

Business and port offloaded to: Fish slip #: Offload #: VRN (CFV#):

1. FRC# is the current Fisher's Registration Card number, issued to the Vessel Master by the Department of Fisheries and Oceans. 2. Jack Chinook are all chinook smaller than 67 cm fork length. Note that 67cm is approximately 26 inches. 2005 3. Kept are species retained on board; Released are species returned to the ocean. 4. Other Species: M= Mackerel, L= Lingcod, H= Halibut, D= Dogfish, R=Rockfish. Identify marine mammals to species.

Page 2 of 3 Appendix 3: Salmon Logbook Examples SALMON TROLL Logbook I.D. # T Report Catch to: 1-(888) 387-0007 Record all catch in pieces Page #

Vessel Name: VRN (CFV#): Vessel Master Name: 1 FRC#:

3 3 Date Zone Catch 2 Legal Sublegal Mgmt. Hours Kept or 4 5 6 or frozen Sized Sized Atlantic Area Sockeye Coho Pink Chum Grilse Rockfish Other Species Day Mon fished Subarea or iced? Released Chinook Chinook F Kept or Trip ID #: I Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #: F Kept or Trip ID #: I Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #: F Kept or Trip ID #: I Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #: F Kept or Trip ID #: I Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #: F Kept or Trip ID #: I Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #: F Kept or Trip ID #: I Rel.

Comments: Observer on board? Y or N Confirmation #: 1. Vessel Master FRC# is the valid and current Fisher's Registration Card number, issued to the Vessel Master by the Department of Fisheries and Oceans. 2. Kept are species retained on board; Released are species returned to the ocean. 3. As defined in the applicable Fishery Notice. 4. Grilse are juvenile salmon under 30 cm. 5. If possible, rockfish are to be identified by species (using names in accompanying guide); if unsure of species, record as Unknown Rockfish. 6. Other Species: L=Lingcod, H=Halibut, D=Dogfish, M= Mackerel, S= Steelhead, B=Bird. 2005

Appendix 3: Salmon Logbook Examples Page 3 of 3 Appendix 4: Fishing Vessel Safety

Vessel owners and masters have a duty to ensure the safety of their crew and vessel. Adherence to safety regulations and good practices by owners, masters and crew of fishing vessels will help save lives, protect the vessel from damage and protect the environment. All fishing vessels must be in a seaworthy condition and maintained as required by Transport Canada (TC), Workers Compensation Board of British Columbia (WCB) and other applicable agencies. Vessels subject to inspection should ensure that the certificate of inspection is valid for the area of intended operation. Before leaving on a voyage the owner, master or operator must ensure that the fishing vessel is capable of safely making the passage.

Critical factors for a safe voyage include the seaworthiness of the vessel, vessel stability, having the required carriage safety equipment in good working order, crew training, and knowledge of current and forecasted weather conditions.

Useful publications include TC publication TP10038 “Small Fishing Vessel Safety Manual” which can be obtained from TC or printed from the Internet at: www.tc.gc.ca/MarineSafety/Tp/Tp10038/tp10038e.htm

On July 30, 2003 all crew with more than 6 months at sea will be required to have taken minimum Marine Emergency Duties (MED) training or be registered for such training. MED provides a basic understanding of the hazards associated with the marine environment; the prevention of shipboard incidents (including fires), raising and reacting to alarms, fire and abandonment situations, and the skills necessary for survival and rescue.

Fishers are reminded of the importance of paying close attention to current weather treads and forecasts during the voyage. Marine weather information and forecasts can be obtained on VHF channels 21B, Wx1, Wx2, Wx3, or Wx4. Weather information is also available from Environment Canada on the Internet at: www.weatheroffice.ec.gc.ca/marine/region_03_e.html

Vessel stability is paramount for safety. Care must be given to the stowage and securing of all cargo, skiffs, equipment, fuel containers and supplies, and also to correct ballasting. Fishers must be familiar with their vessel’s centre of gravity, the effect of liquid free surfaces on stability, loose water or fish on deck, loading and unloading operations and the vessel’s freeboard. Know the limitations of your vessel; if you are unsure contact a reputable marine surveyor or the local TC Marine Safety office.

Vessel owners and masters should ensure that all crew are able to activate the Search and Rescue (SAR) system early rather than later by contacting the Canadian Coast Guard (CCG). It is strongly recommended that all fishers carry a registered 406 MHz Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB). These beacons should be

Appendix 4: Fishing Vessel Safety Page 1 of 3 registered with the National Search and Rescue secretariat. When activated, an EPIRB transmits a distress call which is picked up or relayed by satellites and transmitted via land earth stations to the Joint Rescue Co-ordination Centre (JRCC), which will task and co-ordinate rescue resources.

Vessel owners and masters should monitor VHF channel 16 or MF 2182 KHz and make themselves and their crews familiar with other radio frequencies. All crew should know how to make a distress call and should obtain their restricted operator certificate from Industry Canada. However, whenever possible, masters should contact the nearest CCG Marine Communications and Traffic Services (MCTS) station (on VHF channel 16 or MF 2182 kHz) prior to a distress situation developing. Correct radio procedures are important for communications in an emergency. Incorrect or misunderstood communications may hinder a rescue response.

As of August 1, 2003 all commercial vessels greater than 20 metres in length are required to carry a Class D VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) radio. A registered VHF DSC radio has the capability to alert other DSC equipped vessels in your immediate area and MCTS that your vessel is in distress. Masters should be aware that they should register their DSC radios with Industry Canada to obtain an Marine Mobile Service Identities (MMSI) number or the automatic distress calling feature of the radio may not work.

A VHF DSC radio that is connected to a global positioning system (GPS) unit will also automatically include your vessel’s current position in the distress message. More detailed information on MCTS and VHF DSC radio can be obtained from the Internet at: www.pacific.ccg-gcc.gc.ca

Fishers must be knowledgeable of the Collision Regulations and the responsibilities between vessels where risk of collision exists. Navigation lights must be kept in good working order and must be displayed from sunset to sunrise and during all other times of restricted visibility. To help reduce the potential for collision or close quarters situations which may also result in the loss of fishing gear, fishers are encouraged to monitor the appropriate local Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) VHF channel, when travelling or fishing near shipping lanes or other areas frequented by large commercial vessels. Vessels required to participate in VTS include:

• Every ship twenty metres or more in length. • Every ship engaged in towing or pushing any vessel or object, other than fishing gear. • Where the combined length of the ship and any vessel or object towed or pushed by the ship is forty five metres or more in length. • Where the length of the vessel or object being towed or pushed by the ship is twenty metres or more in length.

Exceptions include:

Page 2 of 3 Appendix 4: Fishing Vessel Safety • A ship towing or pushing inside a log booming ground. • A pleasure yacht less than 30 metres in length. • A fishing vessel that is less than 24 metres in length and not more than 150 tons gross.

More detailed information on VTS can be obtained by calling (604) 775-8862, or from the Internet at: www.pacific.ccg-gcc.gc.ca/mcts-sctm/index_e.htm

Fishers are encouraged to use the buddy system when transiting, and fishing as this allows for the ability to provide mutual aid. An important trip consideration is the use of a sail plan which includes the particulars of the vessel, crew and voyage. The sail plan should be left with a responsible person on shore or filed with the local MCTS. After leaving port the fisher should contact the holder of the sail plan daily or as per another schedule. The sail plan should ensure notification to JRCC when communication is not maintained which might indicate your vessel is in distress. Be sure to cancel the sail plan upon completion of the voyage.

Appendix 4: Fishing Vessel Safety Page 3 of 3 Appendix 5: Maps of Commercial Salmon Licence Areas

Appendix 5: Maps of Commercial Salmon Licence Areas Page 1 of 5

Page 2 of 5 Appendix 5: Maps of Commercial Salmon Licence Areas

Appendix 5: Maps of Commercial Salmon Licence Areas Page 3 of 5

Page 4 of 5 Appendix 5: Maps of Commercial Salmon Licence Areas

Appendix 5: Maps of Commercial Salmon Licence Areas Page 5 of 5 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations

TIDAL SALMON SPORT FISHING REGULATIONS SOUTH COAST WATERS - AREAS 11 TO 29, 121 AND 123 TO 127

Shaded areas are potential new or changed opportunities for 2005.

1. The aggregate daily limit for all species of Pacific salmon (other than kokanee) from tidal and non-tidal waters combined is four (4). 2. Unless otherwise specified in the table below, all retained chinook must measure 45 cm or more from tip of nose to tail fork, and all coho, sockeye, pink and chum must measure 30 cm or more. 3. A barbless hook is in effect year-round. 4. There is an annual limit of 30 adult chinook, in the aggregate, from any tidal waters, except the tidal waters of the Fraser River (Area 29). The annual limit for the tidal waters of the Fraser River is 10 chinook. 5. For those areas where the daily limit is specified for coho at 2 or 4 per day, you may retain both hatchery marked coho and unmarked coho. In all other areas you may retain 2 hatchery coho per day from Jun 1-Dec 31. 6.. All Area Subarea descriptions provided in square brackets are approximations. For more exact information, please see the Pacific Fishery Management Area Regulations.

WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR All Areas (Areas 11 to 29 and 111), Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. unless otherwise specified below. Coho Jun 1-Dec 31 2 hatchery fish per day. Sockeye Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day, special restrictions may be introduced to protect specific stocks. Check with your local DFO office prior to fishing. Pink Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Chum Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Areas 121 and 123 to 127 Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 hatchery fish per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. Sockeye Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day, special restrictions may be introduced to protect specific stocks. Check with your local DFO office prior to fishing. Pink Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Chum Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day.

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 1 of 18 WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Area 11 and 111 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. Subareas 11-1 and 11-2, 12-14 and Coho Jun 1-Dec 31 2 per day 1 of which 111. may be wild (unmarked). Additional opportunities provided to DFO are being considered and evaluated. Subareas 11-3 to 11-10 (Inside of Coho Apr 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Nakwakto Rapids). Area 12 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 cm. Subareas 12-3 to 12-13, 12-15 to 12- Coho Jun 1-Aug 1 2 per day 1 of which 19, and 12-21 to 12-48. maybe wild (unmarked).

Where salmon fishing is permitted. That portion of Subarea 12-4 Coho Aug 15–Dec 31 2 per day 1 of which shoreward of a line running from Lewis may be wild (unmarked). Point to 50°32.839’ north latitude and 126°50.122’ west longitude near the southwest entrance to Telegraph Cove commonly known as Beaver Cove. That portion of Subarea 12-19, the Coho Aug 15–Dec 31 2 per day 1 of which waters of McNeill Bay inside a line may be wild (unmarked). from Ledge Point to the BC Ferry Terminal.

Subareas 12-26 to 12-48. Coho Aug 2-Dec 31 2 per day 1 of which maybe wild (unmarked). In Subarea 12-16, those waters of Coho Aug 13-Dec 31 4 hatchery marked per Hardy Bay inside a line from Daphne day. Point to Duval Point where salmon fishing is permitted. In Subarea 12-16, the waters of Hardy All Aug 15-Sep 30 You may not retain Bay shoreward of a line from a salmon. You may only boundary sign on the Keltic Seafoods use a single-pointed wharf to a boundary sign on the hook that measures no opposite shore. (Inner portion of more than 15 mm Hardy Bay). between the point and shank when fishing. In Subarea 12-16, the mouth of the All Aug 1-Oct 15 You may only use a Keogh River within a 400 m radius of single-pointed hook that the shore. measures no more than 15 mm between the point and shank when fishing.

Page 2 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR In Subarea 12-17, those waters inside a Pink Aug 14-Dec 31 You may not retain line that starts at a boundary sign pinks. Only a single- approximately 1.9 km northwest of the pointed hook may be Cluxewe river mouth, then to used. 50°37.53’ N and 127°12.21’W, then to 50°36.98’N and 127°09.53’W, then 200° true to a boundary sign on the shore. Subarea 12-19 (Broughton Strait Chinook Aug 1-Oct 31 You may not retain southerly of a line from Ledge Point to chinook. the light on the southern end of Haddington Island, then to the light on Yellow Bluff on Cormorant Island, then following the southerly shoreline to a marker on Gordon Bluff, then to Lewis Point on Vancouver Island. Area 13 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 cm. In Subarea 13-5, those waters bounded All Jul 15-Sep 15 Vessels under motor on the south by a line from the boat power are prohibited, ramp on Tyee Spit 185 m east in line under regulations of the with Shag Rock on Quadra Island, on Canada Shipping Act. the north by a line from the tip of Tyee Spit 185 m east in line with April Point and on the west by a line from the low water mark between the north and south boundaries. In Subareas 13-3 and 13-5, those All July 15-Sep 30 Only a single-pointed waters of Discovery Passage and the hook may be used. The Campbell River inside a line true east use of natural bait is of the fishing boundary sign at Orange prohibited. No person Point to the middle of the channel, then shall angle with a fishing southeasterly down the middle of the line or downrigger line channel to the intersection of a line to which is attached a running from a boundary sign on the weight that is greater southern end of Hidden Harbour than 168 grams/six breakwater, then true east to Quadra ounces; or an attracting Island. device that is not affixed directly to the hook (Conditions of Licence). Subarea 13-20 to 13-21 Coho Aug 15-Sep 15 2 per day of which 1 may be wild Area 14 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 cm. Subarea 14-11, (Baynes Sound inside a Chinook May 1-Aug 31 You may not retain line from the Cape Lazo Light, then to chinook. the P-54 Bell Buoy on Comox Bar, then to Longbeak Point, then to the Coho Sep 1-Dec 31 2 per day, only 1 of mouth of Hart [Washer] Creek). which may be wild.

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 3 of 18 WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Those waters of Lambert channel Chinook Jun 15-Aug 15 You may not retain bounded from a marker off Nile Creek, chinook. north along Vancouver shoreline to Mapleguard Point, thence along the Harbour limit boundary to southern point of Chrome Island, then to southern tip of Denman Island, thence north along shore to Whalebone Point, thence to Shingle Spit on Hornby Island, thence along the shore to Norman Point, thence south from Norman Point 2.4Nm to a position (49 28.25’N and 124 36.54’W), and back to Nile Creek marker. Those waters, inside a line from 49 Chinook Jun 1–Jun 30 You may not retain 46.74’N and 124 59.06’W near the Chinook. boat launch at Kitty Coleman Provincial Park, thence north-easterly to 49 47.35’N and 124 57.68’W, thence southerly to 49 45.14’N and 124 54.32’W, thence southwest to the navigation light at the Little River Ferry Dock. The outer edge of the boundary is 1nm offshore. Those waters of Sentry Shoals within a Chinook Jun 1-30 You may not retain 1.50Nm radius of the Sentry Shoal Chinook. Marker Buoy. Subarea 14-14. (Comox Harbour) Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 You may not retain chinook. Area 15 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 cm. Those waters of Algerine and Chinook Jun 15-Aug 15 You may not retain Shearwater Passages bounded by a line chinook. from the southern most point of Harwood Island southerly to the navigational light on Rebecca Rocks hence northwest to the easterly most point to Vivian Island then northerly to the navigational marker at Mystery Reef hence west to the navigational marker on Atrevida Reef then southerly to the northern most point of Harwood Island then hence along the western shore of Harwood Island back to the point of commencement at the most southerly tip of Harwood Island. Subarea 15-6 (Toba Inlet) All Aug 1-Oct 15 You may not retain salmon. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 You may not retain coho.

Page 4 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Area 16 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 cm. Sechelt Inlet and Porpoise Bay, Coho Jun 1-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. southerly of a line from Nine Mile Point to a boundary sign on the opposite shore. Area 17 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 cm. In Subarea 17-13, those waters Chinook Jul 15-Oct 25 You may not retain northerly of a line from Gallows Point chinook. to the Decanso Bay Light, southerly of a line from McKay Point to Malaspina Point and easterly of a line true south from the most southeasterly point on Newcastle Is to Protection Island. In Subarea 17-4, except for those Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 You may not retain waters south easterly of a line from chinook. Shingle Point to Pilkey Point and Subareas 17-5 to 17-7, 17-9, 17-13 to 17-17, (Northumberland Channel, Pylades Channel, Stuart Channel), thence a portion of Subarea 17-12 inside a line from Tinson Point to Snake Island Light to the outer Five Finger Island group to Neck Point. In Subareas 17-18 to 17-20, and a Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 You may not retain portion of 17-12 those waters inside a chinook. line from Icarus Point on Vancouver Island true north 2 nm, thence northwesterly to the Navy buoy in Ballenas Channel, thence to Nankivell Point at the entrance to Schooner Cove on Vancouver Island. In Subarea 17-16, the waters of Chinook Jul 15-Oct 25 You may not retain Northumberland Channel southeasterly chinook. of a line from Duke Point to the Decanso Bay Light and northwesterly of a line from a boundary sign at the northerly entrance to Dodds Narrows, then to Mudge Island, then following the northerly shoreline to a boundary sign at the northern entrance to False Narrows, then to a boundary sign on Gabriola Island. Area 18 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 cm.

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 5 of 18 WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR In Subareas 18-7 and 18-8, that portion Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 You may not retain of Subarea 18-7 that lies northerly of a chinook. line from a square white boundary sign on Vancouver Island, near 48°46.179’ north and 123°34.654’W, to a square white boundary sign on Saltspring Island south east of Burial Islet, near 48°45.992’ north and 123°33.777’ west, and southerly of a line from a square white boundary sign on Saltspring Island approximately 1.5 nautical miles east-south-east of Musgrave Point, near 48°43.982’ north and 123°31.418’ west, to a square white boundary sign on Vancouver Island approximately 0.5 nautical miles north west of Cherry Point, near 48°43.197’ north and 123°33.708’ Iwest.n Su bareas 18-6 to 18-8, 18-10 Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 You may not retain (Fulford Harbour, Satellite Channel, chinook. Shute Passage, Sansum Narrows). In Subarea 18-10, the waters of Fulford All Oct 10-Jan 15 Only a single-pointed Harbour inside or north west of a line hook may be used. between a fishing boundary sign located near the navigation light and Jackson Rock on the north shore of Fulford Harbour across the Harbour to a boundary sign on the opposite shore. Subarea 18- 8, inside of a line between Coho Oct 16-Dec 31 2 per day. Separation Point and Cherry Point. Area 19 Subareas 19-1 to 19-4 (south of Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 45 Cadboro Point). cm. Subareas 19-5 to 19-12 (north of Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 Cadboro Point). cm. In Subareas 19-7 to 19-10 (Saanich Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 You may not retain Inlet). chinook. Area 19. Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 2 per day, only one of which maybe wild. Area 20 Those waters of Subareas 20-1 and 20- Chinook Jul 15-Oct 25 You may not retain 2 inside or northerly of a line from chinook. Owen Point to the Port San Juan Light and Whistle Buoy then to Woods Nose. Those waters in Subarea 20-2 and a Coho Sep 6-Dec 31 4 per day, only two of portion of Subarea 20-1 shoreward of a which may be wild. line between a square white boundary sign at Owen Point, the Port San Juan Light and Whistle Buoy, and San Juan Point.

Page 6 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Those waters in a portion of Subareas Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 4 per day, only one of 20-1 seaward of a line between a which may be wild. square white boundary sign at Owen Point, the Port San Juan Light and Whistle Buoy, and San Juan Point and S20-3uba rteoa 20-7.s 20-6 and 20-7 (Sooke Inlet, Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 You may not retain Sooke Harbour and Sooke Basin, chinook. northerly of a line from Muir Point to Possession Point). Area 21 and 121 Area 21, seaward of a line from the Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 2 per day, only one of boundary sign about 1 mile southeast which may be greater of Tsusiat Falls, then to the marker than 77 cm. buoy off Clo-oose, then to Dare Point. Area 21 Coho Jun 1-Sept 14 2 marked (hatchery) fish per day. Coho Sep 15–Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Area 22 (Nitinat Lake) Entire Area Sockeye Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for sockeye. All Aug 1-Oct 31 Only a single-pointed hook may be used. Southerly of a line from Windy Point to Coho Aug 1-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. a boundary sign on the opposite shore. Northeasterly of a line from Windy All Aug 1-Oct 31 No fishing for salmon. Point to a boundary sign on the opposite shore. Area 23 and 123 Area 23 Sockeye May 1 until 2 per day. further notice. In Subarea 23-1, the waters of Port All Jan 1-Dec 31 Only a single-pointed Alberni Harbour northerly of a line hook may be used. from Harbour Quay to a boundary marker on the opposite shore. In Subareas 23-1 and 23-2, those Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. waters southerly of a line from a tidal boundary marker at Paper Mill Dam to a boundary marker on the opposite shore and northerly of a line from Hocking Point 66° true to a boundary Coho Jun 1-Jul31 2 per day. marker on the opposite shore of Aug 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Alberni Inlet. In Subareas 23-2 and 23-3, those Chinook Aug 1-Sep 30 You may not retain waters southerly of a line from a chinook. square, white fishing boundary sign at the mouth of Chesnucknuw Creek to a square, white fishing boundary sign on the western shore of Alberni Inlet, and Coho Jun 1-Jul31 2 per day. northeasterly of a line from Star Point Aug 1-Dec 31 4 per day. to a square, white fishing boundary sign at the mouth of Hardy Creek.

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 7 of 18 WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Subareas 23-4 to 23-11 (Barkley Sound Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 2 per day, only 1 of seaward of a line from a boundary sign which may be greater on Vancouver Island just north of than 77 cm. Assits Island Light through a boundary marker at Fullerton Point on Tzartus Island, to a boundary sign on Seddall Island south of Ecoole). Those portions of Subareas 23-4 to 23- Coho June 1-Sep 14 2 per day. 11 bounded in the south by a line from Amphitrite Point Light to the Chrow Island Light, then to the Benson Island Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of Light, then to the Coaster Channel which may be wild. Light, then to the southwestern tip of Sanford Island, then to Aguilar Point and in the north by a line from a boundary sign on Vancouver Island just north of Assits Island Light through a boundary marker at Fullerton Point on Tzartus Island, to a boundary sign on Seddall Island south of Ecoole. Area 123, shoreward of a line drawn Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 2 fish per day, only 1 of one nautical mile seaward of the which may be greater surfline. (surfline is a line from than 77 cm. Amphritrite Point Light to Cape Beale Light). Area 24 and 124 Subarea 24-1 (Hesquiat Harbour). Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 You may not retain coho. That portion of Subarea 24-2 northerly All Aug 1-Oct 31 You may not retain of Starling Point (Sydney Inlet), salmon. Subareas 24-3 and 24-13 (Shelter Inlet), Subareas 24-4 and 24-14 (Miller Channel), Subarea 24-5 (Herbert Inlet) and that portion of Subarea 24-6 north Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 You may not retain of Yates Point. coho. Subarea 24-6, south of Yates Point and Chinook Aug 1-Oct 31 Maximum size limit of northeasterly of a line from Siwash 77 cm. Cove to the NW tip of Blunden Is and Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. from the SW tip of Blunden Is to Sep 15–Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of Ahous Point. which may be wild. Subarea 24-6, southwesterly of the line Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 2 per day, only one of described above. which may be greater than 77 cm. Subarea 24-7 (Bedwell Sound). All Aug 1-Oct 31 You may not retain salmon. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 You may not retain coho. Subarea 24-8, northeasterly of a line Chinook Aug 1-Oct 31 Maximum size limit of from Moser Point to the north west tip 77 cm. of Wickaninish Island, then from the Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. south tip of Wickaninish Island to the Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of south east tip of Echachis Island, then which may be wild.

Page 8 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR to Lennard Island Light House, then to Cox Point. Subarea 24-8, southwesterly of the line Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 2 per day, only one of described previously. which may be greater than 77 cm. Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Jun 1-Sept14 2 Hatchery fish per day. Subarea 24-9 (Browning Passage and Chinook Aug 1-Oct 31 Maximum size limit of Lemmens Inlet), except for that portion 77 cm. easterly of boundary signs on both shores of Browning Passage approx. Coho Jun 1-Sep14 2 per day. 0.7 miles west of Tsapee Narrows. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of which may be wild. That portion of Subarea 24-9 easterly Chinook Aug 1-Oct 31 You may not retain of boundary signs on both shores of chinook. Browning Passage approximately .7 Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. miles W of Tsapee Narrows. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of which may be wild. Subarea 24-10 (Fortune Channel), Chinook Aug 1-Oct 31 You may not retain except for Warn Bay. chinook. Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of which may be wild. Subarea 24-11, (Indian Bay, Windy Chinook Aug 1-Oct 31 You may not retain Bay, and lower Tofino Inlet) except for chinook. a portion of Grice Bay line between Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. boundary signs approx. half way to the Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of head of Grice Bay. which may be wild. Subarea 24-12 (Tofino Inlet, northerly All Aug 1-Oct 31 You may not retain of boundary signs just south of Warne salmon. Island). Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 You may not retain coho. Area 124, shoreward of a line drawn 1 Chinook Aug 1-Oct 15 2 per day, only 1 of nautical mile seaward of the surfline. which may be greater (Matlahaw Point to Hesquiat Point to than 77 cm 49°19.988’ north and 126°15.605’ west to Rafael Point to Blunden Island to Coho Jun 1-Sep14 2 hatchery fish per day. Ahous Point to Vargas Island near Sep 15-Dec31 4 hatchery fish per day. Ahous Point to Lennard Island light to Cox Point). Area 124, seaward of a line drawn one Coho June 1-Sep14 2 hatchery fish per day nautical mile seaward of the surfline. Sep15-Dec31 4 hatchery fish per -day [Matlahaw Point to Hesquiat Point to 49°19.988’N and 126°15.605’W to Rafael Point to Blunden Island to Ahous Point to Vargas Island near Ahous Point to Lennard Island light to Cox Point] Area 25 and 125 (Nootka Sound) Subareas 25-1 to 25-3 (Muchalat Inlet). All Jul 15-Oct 15 You may not retain salmon. Coho Jun 1-Jul 14 2 per day.

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 9 of 18 WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Oct 16-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 may be wild. Subarea 25-4, northwesterly of a line Coho Jun 1-Jul 14 2 per day. from Salter Point to Hoiss Point. Oct 16-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 may be wild. Subarea 25-4, northerly of a line from Coho Jun 1-Jul 31 2 per day. Hoiss Point to San Carlos Point then to Descubierta Point, excluding Hisnit Aug 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Inlet. Subarea 25-4, southwesterly of a line Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of from Hoiss Point to San Carlos Point. which may be greater than 77 cm. Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 may be wild. Subarea 25-4, southeasterly of a line All Jul 15-Oct 15 You may not retain from San Carlos Point to Descubierta salmon. Point. (Hanna Channel). Coho Jun 1-Jul 14 2 per day. Oct 16-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 may be wild. Subarea 25-5 (Tlupana Inlet north of Coho Aug 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Princess Royal Point), excluding Nesook Bay and Head Bay. That portion of Subarea 25-6 north east Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of of a line from the southern entrance to which may be greater San Gertrudis Cove to the southern tip than 77 cm. of the Pantoja Islands to Clerke Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. Peninsula Light, excluding Kendrick Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 Inlet. may be wild. That portion of Subarea 25-6 south Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of west of the line described previously. which may be greater than 77 cm. Coho Jun 1-Sep14 2 hatchery fish per day. Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. That portion of Subarea 25-6 north Coho Jun 1-Jul 14 2 per day. west of a line from Boston Point to Oct16-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 Salter Point (Kendrick Inlet). may be wild. Subarea 25-7 (Nootka Sound, south Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of west of a line from Yuquot Point to which may be greater Burdwood Point). than 77 cm. Coho Jun 1-Sep14 2 hatchery fish per day. Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Subarea 25-15 (Zuciarte Channel). All Jul 15-Oct 15 You may not retain salmon. Esperanza Inlet Subareas 25-9 (Hecate Channel), 25- All Jul 15-Oct 15 You may not retain 10, salmon. 25-11(Port Eliza) and 25-12 (Espinoza Coho Jun 1-Jul 14 2 per day. Inlet). Oct 16-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 may be wild.

Page 10 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Subarea 25-13, northeasterly of a line Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 You may not retain from a boundary sign at the western chinook side of the entrance to Port Eliza to a boundary sign located on the Nootka Island shoreline 0.6km north east of Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. Rosa Harbour. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 may be wild. Subarea 25-13, southwesterly of the Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of line described above and northeasterly which may be greater of a line from Tatchu Point to the than 77 cm. Middle Reef Light buoy, then to a marker northeast of Ferrer Point. Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 may be wild. Subarea 25-13, southwesterly of a line Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of from Tatchu Point to Middle Reef which may be greater Light Buoy then to a marker northeast than 77 cm. of Ferrer Point. Coho Jun 1-Sep14 2 hatchery fish per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Subarea 25-14 (Nutchatlitz Inlet). Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of which may be greater than 77 cm. Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day of which 2 may be wild. Area 125, shoreward of a line drawn Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of approximately one nautical mile which may be greater seaward of the surfline. (Surfline is a than 77 cm. line Tatchu Point to Ferrer Point, then Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 hatchery fish per day. following the shoreline to Maquinna Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Point, then to Escalante Point.) Area 125, seaward of a line drawn Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. approximately one nautical mile Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 hatchery fish per day. seaward of the surfline. (Surfline is a Sep 14-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. line Tatchu Point to Ferrer Point, then following the shoreline to Maquinna Point, then to Escalante Point.) Area 26 and 126 Subarea 26-1, seaward of a line from Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of White Cliff Head to 49°56.91’ north which may be greater and 127°15.679’ west, then to Gross than 77 cm Point. Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 hatchery fish per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery marked fish. Subarea 26-1, shoreward of line All Jul 15-Oct 1 You may not retain described above. salmon. Subareas 26-2, 26-3, 26-5 and 26-9. All Jul 15-Oct 1 You may not retain salmon. Subarea 26-4. All Jul 15-Oct 1 You may not retain salmon. Those waters of Tahsish Inlet and Fair All Jul 15-Oct 31 You may not retain Harbour inside a line from Markale salmon. Point on Vancouver Island to McGrath Point on Moketas Island and then 39o

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 11 of 18 WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR True North to a boundary sign on Vancouver Island.

Subarea 26-6, seaward of the line from Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of the most westerly point of Union Island which may be greater to a boundary marker on the opposite than 77 cm. shore of Vancouver Island. Coho Jun 1-Sep14 2 hatchery fish per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery marked fish. Subarea 26-6, shoreward of line All Jul 15-Oct 1 You may not retain described above. salmon. Subareas 26-7 and 26-11. Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of which may be greater than 77 cm. Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery marked fish Subarea 26-8, seaward of a line from Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of boundary signs on opposite sides of the which may be greater entrance to Malksope Inlet and than 77 cm. Ouokinsh Inlet. Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery marked fish. Subarea 26-8, shoreward of line All Jul 15-Oct 1 You may not retain described previously. salmon. Subarea 26-10, seaward of a line from Chinook Jul 15-Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of boundary signs on opposite sides of the which may be greater entrance to Nasparti Inlet. than 77 cm. Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery marked fish. Subarea 26-10, shoreward of line All Jul 15-Oct 1 You may not retain described above. salmon. Area 126, shoreward of a line drawn Chinook July 15- Oct 1 2 per day, only 1 of approximately one nautical mile which may be greater seaward of the surfline. (Surfline is a than 77 cm. line from Solandar Island to Clerke Coho Jun 1-Sep14 2 hatchery fish per day. Point, to Jackobson Point, to Lookout Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Island to Tatchu Point). Area 27 and 127 Subarea 27-1 (Cape Scott to Topknot). Chinook Jul 15-Sep 30 2 per day, only 1 of which may be greater than 77 cm. Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of which may be unmarked. Subareas 27-2 and 27-3 (Easterly of a Chinook Jul 15-Sep 30 2 per day, only 1 of line from Topknot to Lawn Point, west which may be greater of the Cliffe Point Light, this includes than 77 cm. Forward Inlet and Winter Harbour). Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of which may be unmarked. Subareas 27-4 to 27-6 (waters inside a Chinook Jul 15-Sep 30 2 per day, only 1 of line from Lawn Point to Solandar which may be greater Island, then to Cape Cook). than 77 cm. Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of which may be unmarked. Subareas 27-7 to 27-11 (Quatsino Chinook Aug 1-Sep 30 You may not retain Sound east of the Cliffe Point Light, chinook.

Page 12 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Holberg Inlet and Nerout Inlet). Coho Jun 1-Sep 14 2 per day. Sep 15-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 of which may be unmarked. Area 127, shoreward of a line drawn Chinook Jul 15-Sep 30 2 per day, only one of approximately one nautical mile which may be greater seaward of the surfline. (Surfline is a than 77 cm. line from Cape Scott to Topknot, to Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 4 hatchery marked fish. Lawn Point, to Solandar Island, to Clerke Point). Area 28 Entire Area Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 cm. Sockeye TBA Opportunities expected in Jul/Aug. Check with your local DFO office. Subareas 28-1 to 28-7 and 28-9. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 2 hatchery fish per day. Subareas 28-11 to 28-14. (Burrard Coho Apr 1-Sep 30 2 hatchery fish per day. Inlet east of Second Narrows/ Iron Workers Memorial Bridge, Indian Arm and Port Moody Arm). Subareas 28-11 to 28-14. (Burrard Coho Oct 1-Mar 31 You may not retain Inlet east of Second Narrows/ Iron coho. Workers Memorial Bridge, Indian Arm and Port Moody Arm). Area 29 Entire Area Sockeye TBA Opportunities expected in Jul/Aug. Check with your local DFO office. Entire Area, except the tidal portion of Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 Minimum size limit is 62 the Fraser River. cm. Tidal waters of the Fraser. Chinook Jan 1-Apr 30 No fishing for chinook. May 1-Dec 31 4 per day, only one of which may be greater than 50 cm, minimum size limit is 30 cm. That portion of Subarea 29-3 easterly Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 2 hatchery fish per day. of a line from Gower Point to the Tango 10 Light Buoy, then to the northern tip of Lulu Island.

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 13 of 18

FIN FISH CLOSURES

Shaded areas are potential new or changed opportunities for 2005.

There is no fishing for fin fish in the following waters. Fin fish includes salmon, rockfish, lingcod, herring, halibut and any other fish with fins. Fin fish does not mean crustaceans, echinoderms, molluscs, shellfish and marine mammals.

Note that this table does not include the Rockfish Conservation Areas (RCAs). For information on the location of the RCAs, see Appendix 2.

WATERS DATES Area 11 and 111 No fin fish closures, check for RCAs. Area 12 In Area 12, the waters of Port McNeill Bay westerly of a line from a boundary sign Aug 15-Dec 31 at the north end of the Western Forest Products jetty, true north to a boundary sign on the opposite shore of Ledge Point Peninsula. In Area 12, the waters of the mouth of Klinaklini River (Knight Inlet) shoreward of Jan 1-Dec 31 a line from a fishing boundary sign at the southern entrance to Wahshihlas Bay to a fishing boundary sign at Rubble Point. In Area 12, the mouth of Scott Cove Creek and Viner Sound shoreward of a line Aug 15-Sep 30 between fishing boundary signs located at King Point and on the point 1 km south from the mouth of Scott Cove Creek. In Area 12, the mouth of Kingcome River shoreward of a line from a fishing Jan 1-Dec 31 boundary sign on Petley Point to a fishing boundary sign on a point on the opposite shore of Kingcome Inlet. In Area 12, the mouth of Wakeman River north of a line connecting two fishing Jan 1-Dec 31 boundary signs located on opposite shores approximately 6 km from the head of Wakeman Sound. In Area 12, the mouth of Nimpkish River inside a line from a fishing boundary Jun 1-Nov 30 sign at a point on the shore of Vancouver Island approximately 1.5 km east of Broad Point, then to a navigational aid in the middle of Haddington Passage, then to a fishing boundary sign at a point approximately 1 km east of Willow Creek, then to the tidal water boundary signs approximately 100 m upstream of the Highway 19 bridge. Subarea 12-20 (those waters of Parson Bay bounded inside a line from Red Point Jun 15-Oct 13 on Harbledown Island to a marker on the most northwest point of Parson Island, from there following the northern shore to the most easterly point and from there true east to Harbledown Island).

Page 14 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS DATES Area 13 Those waters of Discovery Passage and the Campbell River inside a line true east Oct 1-Oct 31 of the fishing boundary sign at Orange Point to the middle of the channel, then southeasterly down the middle of the channel to the intersection of a line running from a boundary sign on the southern end of Hidden Harbour breakwater, then true east to Quadra Island, is closed to fishing for all finfish, except for the Campbell River Discovery Pier. The area around the Discovery Pier will remain open inside a line running true east 50 meters into Discovery Passage at the north end of the pier, then southeasterly down the Discovery Passage to the intersection of a line running true east 50 meters at the south end of the Discovery Pier. In Area 13, those waters inside a line from the float at Yaculta Indian Village on Jul 15-Aug 31 Quadra Island true west one nautical mile, thence southeast 160o true to the intersection with a line drawn from the fishing boundary sign on Willow Point to the Wilby Shoal light buoy, thence to the Cape Mudge light on Quadra Island. In Area 13, the waters of Deepwater Bay, inside a line from a fishing boundary Jan 1-Dec 31 sign at Separation Head to a fishing boundary sign at the northerly entrance to Deepwater Bay. In Area 13, the waters of Village Bay inside a line from a fishing boundary sign at Jun 30-Oct 31 the north entrance of Village Bay, Quadra Island, to a boundary sign at the south entrance of Village Bay. In Area 13, the waters of Bute Inlet from Alpha Bluff to the head of the inlet. Jan 1-Dec 31 Subarea 13-24 (the waters of Phillips Arm northerly of a line from Picton Point Jan 1-Dec 31 true east to the opposite shore). In Area 13, the waters of Loughborough Inlet from Cosby Point to the head of the Jan 1-Dec 31 inlet. Subarea 13-34 (the waters of Salmon Bay, bounded on the north by a line from Jun 1-Dec 1 Graveyard Point to the ferry landing on the opposite shore, and on the south by the downstream side of the first bridge upstream on the Salmon River). Area 14 In Area 14, Comox Harbour, inside a line from a fishing boundary sign near Trent May 1-Aug 31 River to a light at the tip of Goose Spit, except the shallow shore line defined as the waters inside and shoreward of the 2 m depth contour measured below the chart datum (0 tide). You may fish from the shoreline. In Area 14, the tidal waters within a one-half mile radius of the mouth of the Aug 25-Oct 15 Qualicum River as marked by square white boundary signs positioned approximately one-half mile from each side of the mouth of the river. In Area 14, the tidal waters within a one-half mile radius of the mouth of the Little Aug 25-Oct 15 Qualicum River as marked by square white boundary signs positioned approximately one-half mile from each side of the mouth river. In Area 14, the tidal waters within a 75 m radius of the mouth of the Trent River, Sep 1-Nov 30 the mouth of Hart (Washer) Creek and the mouth of Mallard Creek. Area 15 No fin fish closures, check for RCAs. Area 16 In Area 16, the waters at the mouth of Sakinaw Creek, east of a line between Jun 15-Sep 15 boundary signs on the north and south sides of Sakinaw Bay.

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 15 of 18 WATERS DATES Area 17 Subareas 17-14 and 17-15. Jul 15-Oct 25 In Area 17, that portion of the Nanaimo River from the Cedar Bridge to the white Oct 25-Nov 30 square boundary signs approximately 400 m downstream of the Cedar Bridge. In Area 17, the tidal waters of the Chemainus River and off the Chemainus River Jul 15-Oct 25 mouth, inside a line commencing at Bare Point on Vancouver Island to the light on North Reef, to Sherard Point on Vancouver Island, thence following the shoreline northerly to a boundary sign on the Chemainus River near the Bald Eagle Campground, thence across the river to the opposite bank, thence following the Vancouver Island shoreline northerly to the beginning point. Area 18 In Area 18, the waters of Cowichan Bay inside a line from a fishing boundary sign Aug 1-Oct 31 near Separation Point on Vancouver Island to Wilcuma Wharf. In Subareas 18-7 and 18-8, that portion of Subarea 18-8 that lies easterly of a line Aug 1-Oct 15 from a square white boundary sign at Separation Point to a square white boundary sign at Wilcuma Wharf in Cowichan Bay; and that portion of Subarea 18-7 that lies southerly of a line from a square white boundary sign on Vancouver Island, near 48°46.179’ north and 123°34.654’ west, to a square white boundary sign on Saltspring Island south east of Burial Islet, near 48°45.992’ north and 123°33.777’ west, and northerly of a line from a square white boundary sign on Saltspring Island approximately 1.5 nautical miles east-south-east of Musgrave Point, near 48°43.982’ north and 123°31.418’ west, to a square white boundary sign on Vancouver Island approximately 0.5 nautical miles north west of Cherry Point, near 48°43.197’ north and 123°33.708’ west. Area 19 In Area 19, the waters of Saanich Inlet inside a line from Whiskey Point to Verdier Sep 15-Nov 30 Point. Subarea 19-12. (Saanich Inlet, south of Christmas Point.) Sep 1-Nov 30 Area 20 In Area 20, those waters that are inside a line that begins at a white square Aug 15-Sep 5 boundary sign located approximately 0.8 nautical miles west of Owen Point, then to 48°32.45’ north latitude and 124°32.05’ west longitude, then to the Port San Juan Light and Whistle Buoy, then to Woods Nose, then across Port San Juan to a white square boundary sign at 48°33.23’ north latitude and 124°28.55’ west longitude. Area 21 and 121 Those portions of Subareas 121-1 and 121-2 inside a line from 48°34.00’ north Jan 1-Dec 31 latitude and 125°06.00’ west longitude, thence to 48°34.00’ north latitude and 124°54.20’ west longitude, thence to 48°29.62’ north latitude and 124°43.40’west longitude, thence following the International Boundary between Canada and the United States of America to 48°29.55’’ north latitude and 124°56.20’ west longitude, thence in a straight line to the point of commencement (Swiftsure Bank). Area 22 (Nitinat Lake) Northeasterly of a line between boundary signs on the northeastern and Aug 1-Oct 31 northwestern tips of land at the head of the lake. Area 23 and 123

Page 16 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS DATES That portion of Subarea 23-1 southerly of square, white fishing boundary sign at Jul 24-Sep 30 the tidal limit of the Somass River near the Paper Mill Dam and northerly of a line between a square, white fishing boundary sign located at Harbour Quay at Port Alberni and a square, white fishing boundary sign on the opposite shore of Alberni Inlet. That portion of Subarea 23-2 bounded on the north by line drawn 66° true from Aug 1-Sep 30 Hocking Point to a square, white fishing boundary sign on the eastern shore of Alberni Inlet, and on the south by a line from a square, white fishing boundary sign at Chesnucknuw Creek to a square, white fishing boundary sign on the western shore of Alberni Inlet. Those portions of Subarea 23-3 bounded on the south by a line from a boundary Aug 1-Sep 30 sign on Vancouver Island just north of Assits Island Light through a boundary marker at Fullerton Point on Tzartus Island, to a boundary sign on Seddall Island south of Ecoole, and on the north by a line from Star Point to a boundary sign at the mouth of Handy Creek. That portion of Subarea 23-4 inside a line from a square, white fishing boundary Aug 1-Sep 30 sign at the eastern side of the entrance to Poett Nook to San Jose Islet Light, thence to a square, white fishing boundary sign at the southern tip of Congreve Island, thence northeastward to a square, white fishing boundary sign on Vancouver Island. Area 24 and 124 In Area 24, the waters of Kennedy Cove, inside a line between fishing boundary Jan 1-Dec 31 signs on the outer southwest corner and the outer northeast corner of the Cove. Area 25 and 125 Subarea 25-1 (those waters of Muchalat Inlet lying easterly of the Gold River Jul 15-Oct 15 Harbour Limit). That portion of Subarea 25-4 inside a line drawn between square white fishing Jul 15-Oct 15 boundary signs on opposite sides of the entrance to Hisnit Inlet. That portion of Subarea 25-4 northwesterly of a line from Salter Point to Hoiss Jul 15-Oct 1 Point. That portion of Subarea 25-5 inside a line drawn between square white fishing Jul 15-Oct 15 boundary signs on opposite sides of the entrance to Nesook bay. That portion of Subarea 25-5 inside a line drawn between square white fishing Jul 15-Oct 15 boundary signs on the opposite sides of the entrance to Head Bay. That portion of Subarea 25-6 northwesterly of a line from Boston Point to Salter Jul 15-Oct 1 Point. That portion of Subarea 25-8 northerly of a line from Mozino Point to a fishing Jul 15-Oct 15 boundary sign on the opposite shore. The portion of Subarea 25-8 southeasterly of a line from the most northerly tip of Jul 15-Oct 1 Strange Island to a square white boundary sign on the opposite shore of Tahsis Inlet. Subarea 25-10 (Zeballos Inlet northerly of boundary signs near Little Zeballos Jul 15-Oct 15 River). Subarea 25-16 (Tahsis). Jul 15-Oct 15 In Area 25, the waters of Zeballos Inlet north of a line drawn between fishing Sep 1-Oct 15 boundary signs at the entrance to Zeballos Harbour. Area 26 and 126 No fin fish closures, check for RCAs. Area 27 and 127

Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 17 of 18 WATERS DATES In Area 27, the portion of Varney Bay from the Marble River tidal boundary Jul 1-Dec 31 downstream to the fishing boundary signs at the entrance of Varney Bay. Area 28 In Area 28, the waters of Howe Sound easterly of a line drawn from a fishing May 30-Sep 30 boundary sign 300 m north of the mouth of Britannia Creek to the southern tip of Minaty Bay. In Area 28, the waters of Mannion Bay (Deep Bay) on Bowen Island, lying Sep 1-Dec 31 westerly of a line between two fishing boundary signs near the entrance to Mannion Bay. That portion of Subarea 28-2 bounded by a line commencing from the Jan 1-Dec 31 southernmost point of Whytecliff Park, thence in a straight line to a point located 100 m east of the most south easterly point of Whyte Islet, thence following the southern shoreline of Whyte Islet at a distance of 100 m to a point lying 100 m from the most south westerly point of Whyte Islet, thence in a straight line to a point lying 100 m west of White Cliff Point, thence following the shoreline at a distance of 100 m in a northerly direction to a point 100 m north of Lookout Point, thence following the shoreline at a distance of 100 m in an easterly direction to a point 100 m perpendicular to the most northerly point of Whytecliff Park, thence to the northernmost point of Whytecliff Park on the mainland (Whytecliff Park). That portion of Subarea 28-4 east of a line drawn from the white fishing boundary Jan 1-Dec 31 sign located at the south shore of Porteau Cove, northerly in a straight line to the white fishing boundary sign located on the north shore of Porteau Cove (Porteau Cove). That portion of Subarea 28-6 bounded by a line commencing at the southwest Jan 1-Dec 31 entrance to Starboat Cove, thence seaward in a southwest direction for 85 m, thence westerly following the shoreline for 100 m, thence to the southernmost tip of Point Atkinson (125 m east of the lighthouse) (Point Atkinson). Area 29 No fin fish closures, check for RCAs.

Page 18 of 18 Appendix 6: Tidal Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations

FRESHWATER SALMON SPORT FISHING REGULATIONS REGION 1 - VANCOUVER ISLAND

Please read these regulations in conjunction with the Freshwater Fishing Regulations Synopsis.

Shaded areas are new or changed opportunities.

1. Unless otherwise stated in the table, the daily limit in all waters of Region 1 is zero (0). 2. The aggregate daily limit for all species of Pacific salmon (other than kokanee) from tidal and non-tidal waters combined is four (4). 3. All retained chinook and sockeye must measure 30 cm or more from tip of nose to tail fork, and all coho must measure 25 cm or more. 4. A single barbless hook is in effect year round for all streams in Region 1. 5. There is an annual limit of 10 adult chinook. All retained adult chinook must be recorded on the back of your freshwater angling licence. An “adult chinook” in Region 1 is defined as being over 50 cm.

WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Campbell River Pink Aug 15-Sep 15 4 per day, none less than 30 cm. Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 4 per day in aggregate, 2 of which can be over 35cm and must be hatchery marked. Cayeghle River Including Colonial River. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 1 per day.

Cluxewe River Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day, hatchery marked only. Chemainus River Coho Oct 26-Mar 31 1 per day, none over 35 cm. Colonial River, see Cayeghle River Conuma River Chinook Sep 7-Dec 31 2 per day, only 1 over 77 cm Coho Sep 7-Dec 31 2 per day, wild or hatchery Cowichan River Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day, none over 50cm. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 1 per day, none over 35cm. Cowichan River downstream Oct 29- Nov 30 Opportunities from Skutz Falls to the dependant on stock Highway No.1 bridge. abundance (coho over 35 cm). Goldstream River All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon.

Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 1 of 15 WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Koksilah River Including tributaries. Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day, none over 50cm. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 1 per day, none over 35cm. Nahwitti River Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 1 per day. Nanaimo River Including tributaries. Coho Oct 26-Mar 31 1 per day, none over 35cm. Cedar Road Bridge upstream All Sep 15-Oct 30 No fishing for salmon. approximately 400 meters to the white square boundary signs located near the Highway 19 bridge crossing. Upstream side of the Cedar Chum Nov 1-Nov 30 2 per day. Bridge upstream for approximately 400 meters to square white boundary markers on both banks of the river. Nitinat River Chinook Aug 25-Sep 30 2 per day, only 1 over 77 cm. Coho Oct 15-Dec 31 2 per day, wild or hatchery. Chum Oct 15-Dec 31 2 per day. Upstream of Parker Creek; All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Within 100 meter radius of the Nitinat River hatchery water intake and fishway. Between fishing boundary All Aug 25-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. signs located approximately 100 meters above and below Red Rock Pool; between fishing boundary signs upstream and downstream of the entrance to the Glory Hole Slough; from 50 meters upstream to 50 meters downstream of the Nitinat River Bridge. Puntledge and Puntledge River and Chinook Oct 1-Nov 30 1 per day. Courtenay Rivers Courtenay Rivers downstream from a boundary marker located 75 meters downstream of the Puntledge River Hatchery counting fence. Note: Total salmon aggregate is 4 per day. Coho Oct 1-Nov 30 4 per day, only 2 over 35cm.

Page 2 of 15 Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Chum Oct 1-Nov 30 2 per day.

Puntledge River between All Oct 1-Nov 30 No fishing for salmon. boundary signs located 100 meters upstream and downstream of the confluence with Morrison Creek. Qualicum River Chinook Oct 1-Nov 30 1 per day Oct 16-Dec 31 4 per day, only 2 over 62cm. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. Chum Oct 1- Nov 30 2 per day. From the Reserve boundary All Nov 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. below the Big Qualicum hatchery downstream to the Highway 19 A Bridge. Little Qualicum Chinook Oct 1-Nov 30 1 per day. River Chum Oct 1-Nov 30 2 per day. Coho Oct 1-Nov 30 2 per day. Quatse River Coho Jun 15-Mar 31 2 per day, hatchery marked only. Quinsam River Coho Oct 1-Mar 31 4 per day in aggregate, 2 of which can be over 35cm and must be hatchery marked. Pink Aug 15-Sep 15 4 per day, none less than 30 cm. Reay Creek All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. San Juan River Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 1 per day. Seymour River Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. Shawnigan Creek All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Somass River Including Stamp River and To be announced. Contact your local DFO tributaries. office for more information. Chinook Sep 1-Dec 31 2 per day, only 1 over 77 cm. Coho Sep 1-Dec 31 2 per day, wild or hatchery. May possess 4 in the aggregate.

Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 3 of 15 WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Tidal boundary at Papermill All Sep 1-Nov 15 No fishing for salmon. Dam on the Somass River to boundary signs approximately 1.0 km upstream (Falls Road Gravel Pit and the southernmost end of Collins Farm/ArrowVale Campground-Hector Road) and; from boundary signs located approximately 500 meters downstream of Stamp River Falls to boundary signs located approximately 200 m. upstream (above) Stamp River Falls. Stamp River - see Somass River Washlawlis River Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 1 per day. Waukwaas River Coho Jan 1 Dec 31 1 per day.

Page 4 of 15 Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations

FRESHWATER SALMON SPORT FISHING REGULATIONS REGION 2: LOWER MAINLAND

Please read these regulations in conjunction with the Freshwater Fishing Regulations Synopsis.

Shaded areas are new or changed opportunities.

1. Unless otherwise stated in the table, the daily limit in all waters of Region 2 is zero (0). 2. The aggregate daily limit for all species of Pacific salmon (other than kokanee) from tidal and non-tidal waters combined is four (4). 3. All retained coho must measure 25cm or more from tip of nose to tail fork, and all retained chinook, chum, pink, and sockeye must measure 30cm or more from tip of nose to tail fork. 4. A single barbless hook is in effect year round for all streams in Region 2. 5. There is an annual limit of 10 adult chinook. All retained adult chinook must be recorded on the back of your freshwater angling licence. An “adult chinook” in Region 2 is defined as being over 50 cm except in the following areas where an “adult chinook” is defined as being over 62 cm: a) The Fraser River between the CPR bridge at Mission to the powerline crossing approximately 1 km above the Aggasiz/Rosedale bridge from Sep 1-Dec 31. b) The Chilliwack/Vedder River below Slesse Creek and the Sumas River below the Barrow Town Pump station from Jul 1-Dec 31. c) The Capilano River.

WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR

Alouette River and Above 216th Street including Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for Tributaries the North Alouette River and chinook. tributaries to that part. Coho Apr 1-Aug 31 No fishing for coho. Downstream of a line between Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 1 hatchery fish per two triangular white fishing day. boundary signs in Allco Park. Ashlu River - see Squamish Rive.r Birkenhead River From the Birkenhead Bridge All Aug 1-Sep 15 No fishing for located approx. 6 km north of salmon. Mount Currie on Portage Road to the canyon located approx. 10 km upstream of the bridge. Booth Creek All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Brunette River Below Cariboo Road. All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Little Campbell Below 12th avenue, including Chinook Apr 1-Sep 14 1 hatchery fish per River tributaries to that part. day. Sep 15-Mar 31 No fishing for chinook. Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 1 hatchery fish per day.

Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 5 of 15 WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR

Capilano River Including tributaries. Coho Jan 1-Aug 31 4 hatchery fish per day, only 2 over 30 cm. Sep 1-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day, only 1 over 62 cm. Chapman Creek Upstream of tidal water Coho Jul 1-Mar 31 4 hatchery fish per boundary signs located below day, only 2 over 35 the Highway 11 Bridge. cm. Chinook Jul 1-Mar 31 4 per day, only 2 over 50 cm. Cheakamus River - see Squamish River. Chehalis River From the logging bridge 2.4 All Sep 1-Dec 31 Daylight hours only. km below Chehalis Lake to Coho Jul 1-Mar 31 4 hatchery fish per the confluence of the day. Harrison/Chehalis Rivers, Chinook Jan 1-May 31 No fishing for including tributaries to that chinook. part. Jun 1-Aug 10 4 per day, only 1 over 50 cm. Aug 11-Sep 15 No fishing for chinook. Sep 16-Dec 31 4 per day, only 1 over 62 cm. Chum Nov 1-Nov 30 2 per day. Chilliwack/Vedder Downstream from Slesse All Sep 1-Dec 31 Daylight hours only. River (including Creek including that portion of Coho Jul 1-Mar 31 4 hatchery fish per Sumas River). the Sumas River from the day. Barrow Town Pump Station Chinook Jul 1-Mar 31 4 per day, only 1 over downstream to boundary signs 62 cm. near the confluence with the Chum Jul 1-Mar 31 1 per day. Fraser River. Pink Mid Sep 4 per day. Check with you local DFO office for details Cogburn Creek Coho Sep 1-Mar 31 2 hatchery fish per day. Coquitlam River Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 1 hatchery fish per day. Dewdney Slough - see Nicomen Slough. Elaho River - see Squamish River.

Page 6 of 15 Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR

Fraser River Salmon closures are being considered from late August to mid-October to protect co- migrating Upper Fraser and Thompson River coho. Contact your local DFO office for details. From the downstream side of All Jul 1-Dec 31 Daylight hours only. the CPR Bridge at Mission Coho Mid Oct-Dec 31 2 hatchery fish per upstream to the Alexandra day. Check with Bridge, except Landstrom Bar your local DFO (described below) which is office for details. closed from May 1 to Oct. 31. Chinook May 1-Dec 31 4 per day, only 1 over 50 cm. Chum Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. Pink Opportunities Check with your Sockeye expected in local DFO office. Aug. Landstrom Bar is those waters of the Fraser River inside a line beginning at a fishing boundary sign on the eastern end of Landstrom Bar, then to a fishing boundary sign on the opposite bank, then to a fishing boundary sign at the southern end of Croft Island, then westerly to a fishing boundary sign on the nearest bank of the river, then following the river bank to the beginning point. Harrison River From the outlet of Harrison All Jul 1-Dec 31 Daylight hours only. Lake to the Highway 7 bridge. Coho Sep 1-Mar 31 4 hatchery fish per day. Chum Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. From the Highway 7 bridge to All Jul 1-Dec 31 Daylight hours only. the confluence with the Fraser Coho Sep 1-Mar 31 4 hatchery fish per River. day. Chinook Sep 1-Dec 31 4 per day, 1 over 50 cm. Chum Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. Pink Opportunities 4 per day check with expected your local DFO office for times. Sockeye Opportunities 2 per day check with expected in your local DFO August. office for times. Hope Slough All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Indian River Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for chinook. Kanaka Creek Above the 112th Street bridge. All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Below the 112th Street bridge. Coho Nov 1-Nov 30 1 hatchery fish per day. Khartoum Lake All Jan 1-Dec 31 Single barbless hook. Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Lois Lake All Jan 1-Dec 31 Single barbless hook. Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 4 per day.

Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 7 of 15 WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR

Mamquam River - see Squamish River. McLennan Creek All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Nicomekl River Downstream of 208th Street. Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 1 hatchery fish per day. Nicomen (including From the confluence of Siddle Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per Dewdney) Slough. (Bell’s) Creek downstream to day, only 2 over 35 the Fraser River. cm. Chum Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. Norrish (Suicide) Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per Creek day, only 2 over 35 cm. Pitt River Upper and Lower, including Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for tributaries. chinook. Upper Pitt River only. All Jan 1-Dec 31 Bait Ban Sakinaw Lake East of a line from a boundary All Nov 1-Dec 31 No fishing for sign north of the Sakinaw boat salmon. launch, southwesterly to a boundary sign at 49°11.50’N and 123°58.45’W (this encompasses the bay at Haskins Creek and the unnamed bay southwest of the boat launch); and the body of water known as Bear Bay, east of 124°02.13’W (marked by boundary signs) Scott (Hoy) Creek All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Serpentine River Chinook Aug 1-Sep 30 1 per day. Coho Oct 1-Dec 31 1 hatchery fish per day. Chum Oct 1-Oct 31 1 per day. Seymour River Chinook Sep 1-Dec 31 2 per day, none over 62 cm. Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 1 hatchery fish per day. Silverdale Creek All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Squamish River Including Ashlu, Elaho, All Jan 1-Dec 31 Bait Ban Cheakamus, Mamquam Rivers Chinook Jan 1-Sep 15 2 per day, none over and Powerhouse Channel. 55 cm. Chum Jan 1-Sep 15 2 per day.

Page 8 of 15 Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR

From Sep 15-Dec 31, there is no retention of salmon in the Squamish River and its tributaries (which include the Ashlu, Elaho, Cheakamus, Mamquam Rivers and Powerhouse Channel), except in the areas listed below. Mainstem of Squamish River Chinook Sep 15-Dec 31 2 per day, none over downstream of the boundary 55 cm. signs at the powerline crossing Coho Sep 15-Dec 31 1 hatchery fish per approximately 1 mile day. upstream of the confluence Chum Sep 15-Dec 31 2 per day. with the Cheakamus.

Cheakamus River downstream of the Bailey Bridge (BC Hydro Bridge) approximately. 2 km north of where the Squamish Valley Road crosses the Cheakamus.

That portion of the Mamquam River downstream of the BC Rail Bridge to the confluence with the Squamish River. Stave River Downstream of B.C. Hydro Coho Jan 1-Dec 31 4 hatchery fish per Dam to the CPR Railway day, only 2 over 35 Bridge cm. Chinook Jan 1-Dec 31 1 per day. Chum Jan 1-Dec 31 2 per day. Sumas River - see Chilliwack River. Vedder River - see Chilliwack River.

Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 9 of 15

FRESHWATER SALMON SPORT FISHING OPPORTUNITIES REGION 3: THOMPSON-NICOLA

Please read these regulations in conjunction with the Freshwater Fishing Regulations Synopsis.

Shaded areas are new or changed opportunities.

WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS/GEAR Bridge River Downstream from Road Chinook Jun 21- Jul 14 Sun, 4 per day, only 1 40 bridge to the Mon, Tue, Wed, Thur over 50cm. Single, confluence of the Fraser only 0:600 to 21:00 barbless hook only. River (see also Fraser hours daily. River opportunity). Clearwater River From Clearwater Lake Chinook Aug 1-Aug 31 4 per day, only 2 downstream to the over 50cm. confluence of the North Monthly quota is 4 Thompson River (except over 50cm (includes CLOSED from Murtle adult chinook River downstream to caught and retained 35km post from Aug 16 - from North 31 to protect Mahood R. Thompson River) chinook). single, barbless hook only. Chinook Jan 1-July 31 0 per day. Fraser River Main stem of the Fraser Chinook Jan 1-Sep 21 0 per day. River in Region 3 downstream from the confluence of the Thompson River. Main stem of the Fraser Chinook Jan 1-Sep 28 0 per day. River in Region 3 upstream from the confluence of the Thompson River. Main stem of the Fraser Chinook Apr 1-Sep 17 4 per day, none over R. in Region 3 except for 50cm. Single, that portion of the Fraser barbless hook only R. described below From the confluence of Chinook Jul 1-Sep 07 4 per day, only 1 the Seton River and the over 50cm. Single, Fraser River, downstream barbless hook only. to the BC Hydro turbine generator tailrace located approximately 1 km downstream of the town of Lillooet.

Page 10 of 15 Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS/GEAR From the confluence with Chinook Jun 21-Jul 14 Sun, 4 per day, only 1 the Bridge River Mon, Tue, Wed, Thur over 50cm. Single, downstream to the BC only 0:600 to 21:00 barbless hook only. Railway bridge, 2 km hours daily. north of Lillooet (see also Bridge River opportunity). From the confluence of Sockeye/pink Aug. 13-Sep 11 (05:00 4 per day of which the Fraser/Seton River proposed to 21:00 hours daily). only 2 per day may downstream to fishing pink be sockeye. Single, boundary signs located on opportunity barbless hook only. both sides of the river on dominant Opening subject to approximately 4 km Pink years. in-season sockeye downstream of the town run size. Check of Lillooet. with DFO office in your area for confirmation of opening. Little Shuswap See South Thompson Lake - See South River Thompson River North Thompson Downstream of Station Chinook Aug 1-Aug 31 4 per day, only 2 River Road Bridge in over 50cm. Clearwater to the Ferry Monthly quota is 4 crossing at Little Fort. over 50cm (includes adult chinook caught and retained from Clearwater River) Single, barbless hook only. Main stem river. Chinook Sep 1-Sep 22 4 per day none over 50 cm (retention of jack chinook only). South Thompson From the green can buoy Chinook Aug 5-Sep 22 4 per day, only 2 River near outlet of Little River over 50 cm. to 100m downstream of Monthly quotas are Campbell Creek. 6 over 50cm. Single, barbless hook only. Thompson River From Kamloops Lake Chinook Jun 1-Sep 21 4 per day, none over downstream to the 50cm (retention of confluence with the Fraser jack chinook only) River. See exceptions B.C., and following. Single, barbless hook only. From the upstream side of Chinook July 23 to August 15. 4 per day, only 1 the mouth of the Nicola Sat, Sun, Mon only, over 50cm. Single, River downstream to the 18:00 to 21:00 hours barbless hook only. Hwy 8 bridge at Spences only. In-season Bridge. environmental conditions in Nicola River may result in closure.

Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 11 of 15 WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS/GEAR From confluence with Chinook To be determined in- Opening dependent Bonaparte River to season. on number of boundary sign chinook returning to approximately 1 km Bonaparte fish way downstream. North Bank by July 25. Check of the river only. with your local DFO office for updates. From Hwy 8 bridge at Chinook Aug 22-Sep 03 4 per day, only 1 Spences Bridge upstream over 50 cm. Check to a fishing boundary sign with your local DFO located approximately 1 office for updates. km downstream of Martel Single, barbless (west side of river only). hook only. These waters open to fishing are subject to change.

Page 12 of 15 Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations

FRESHWATER SALMON SPORT FISHING OPPORTUNITIES REGION 5: CARIBOO (PART A: Fraser River Watershed)

Please read these regulations in conjunction with the Freshwater Fishing Regulations Synopsis.

Management Units: 5

No fishing for salmon in Region 5-A waters other than opportunities outlined below.

WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Cariboo River From confluence of the Chinook Jul 27-Aug 4 per day, only 2 over 50cm. Quesnel River to the 18 confluence of Seller Creek. Chilko River From Chilko Lake Chinook Jul 25-Aug 4 per day, only 2 over 50cm. downstream to boundary 16 Monthly limit of 4 over 50 signs 1.5km upstream of cm. Siwash bridge (12 km upstream from Chilcotin R. junction). Fraser River Waters of Region 5-A Chinook Jan 1-Sep 20 0 per day. Quesnel Lake The waters of Horsefly Sockeye Aug 21-Sep 5 2 per day Single, barbless Bay located on Quesnel hook only. Opening subject to Lake inside a line in-season sockeye run size. connecting fishing Check with DFO office in boundary signs located on your area for confirmation of opposite shorelines at the opening. entrance to the bay. Quesnel River downstream of Poquette Chinook Jul 15-Sep 1 4 per day, only 2 over 50cm. Creek

In the waters of the Sockeye Aug 21-Sep 5 2 per day Single, barbless Quesnel River downstream hook only. Opening subject from boundary signs at the to in-season sockeye run size. mouth of Quesnel Canyon Check with DFO office in to the Johnston your area for confirmation of Subdivision bridge near opening. Quesnel, B.C

Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 13 of 15

FRESHWATER SALMON SPORT FISHING OPPORTUNITIES REGION 7: OMINECA-PEACE

Please read these regulations in conjunction with the Freshwater Fishing Regulations Synopsis.

No fishing for salmon in Region 7 waters other than opportunities outlined below. Shaded areas are new or changed opportunities.

WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Bowron River From Forestry Road Chinook Jul 15-Aug 4 per day, only 2 over 50cm. bridge nearest to the 15 Fraser River, upstream to the Bowron Forest Road bridge crossing near Haggen Creek. Fraser River This proposal outlines an Chinook Proposed new 4 per day, only 1 over 50cm. expanded Chinook dates Jul 9 - angling opportunity Aug 15. requested by the Local Committee. The new area is that portion of the Fraser River from the Northwoods Bridge crossing the Fraser River upstream to a point (Boundary Signs) approximately .5 kilometres downstream of the Salmon River. Above Mclennan river. All Jan 1-Dec 31 No fishing for salmon. Mainstem river except as Chinook Jul 26-Sep 30 0 per day. otherwise noted.

Nechako River From the Foothills Sockeye Aug 22-Sep5 2 per day. Boulevard Bridge Single, barbless hook only. downstream to the confluence with the Fraser River.

Page 14 of 15 Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations

FRESHWATER SALMON SPORT FISHING OPPORTUNITIES REGION 8: OKANAGAN

Please read these regulations in conjunction with the Freshwater Fishing Regulations Synopsis.

No fishing for salmon in Region 8 waters other than opportunities outlined below.

WATERS SPECIFIC AREA SPECIES DATES LIMITS / GEAR Mabel Lake South of fishing Chinook 12:00 Jul 25- 4 per day, only 2 over 50 cm. boundary signs located 12:00 Sep 12 Monthly quota is 4 over on opposite shores 50cm, including all Shuswap approximately 1 km from River and Mabel Lake Wap Creek. chinook. Shuswap River Between Shuswap Falls Chinook 12:00 Jul 25 - 4 per day, only 2 over 50 cm. and Mabel Lake. 12:00 Aug 15 Monthly quota is 4 over 50cm, including all Shuswap River and Mabel Lake chinook. Upstream from signs Chinook 12:00 Jul 25 - 4 per day, only 2 over 50 cm. above Mara Bridge to 12:00 Sep 12 Monthly quota is 4 over Mabel Lake. 05:00-22:00 50cm, including all Shuswap hours only River and Mabel Lake chinook.

Appendix 7: Freshwater Salmon Sport Fishing Regulations Page 15 of 15 Appendix 8: Advisory Board Memberships

Meeting dates and records of consultation can be found at: www-ops2.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/xnet/content/consultations/salmon/sapdefault_e.htm

Integrated Harvest Planning Committee - North Coast Subcommittee Members

PHONE FAX E-MAIL

Recreational (Three) Members John Brockley Tom Protheroe [email protected] John McCulloch Alternates George Cuthbert Urs Thomas

Commercial (Four) Members Rick Haugan - Area A 250-624-5188 250-627-8918 [email protected] Mabel Mazurek - Area 250-627-8486 250-624-6627 C Terry Gustafson - Area 250-743-5213 250-743-5213 [email protected] F Greg Taylor - Processor 604-254-5751 604-254-0957 [email protected] Alternates Chris Cue - Area A 604-681-0211 604-602-1660 [email protected] Area C - tbd Bill De Greef - Area F 250-656-9127 250-656-9182 [email protected] Henry Clifton - NBBC Heber Clifton - NBBC Rob Morley - processor 604-681-0211 604-602-1660 [email protected] Joy Thorkelson - 250-624-6048 250-627-7951 [email protected] UFAWU Observer Dave Barrett (Exec. Dir CSAB)

Marine Conservation Caucus (Two) Members John Nelson [email protected] Bruce Hill

Appendix 8: Commercial Salmon Advisory Board Membership Page 1 of 6 PHONE FAX E-MAIL

First Nations (Four) Members Bill Gladstone - Heiltsuk Band Harry Nyce - Nisga'a Lisims Government Gary Russ - Council of 250-559-4589 250-559-8951 [email protected] the Haida Nation Mark Duiven - Skeena 613-731-5269 613-7313211 [email protected] Fisheries Commission Alternates Chris Barnes

Province (ex-officio) (One) Wayne Saito 604-936-6479 [email protected]

Page 2 of 6 Appendix 8: Commercial Salmon Advisory Board Membership Integrated Harvest Planning Committee - South Coast Subcommittee Members

PHONE FAX E-MAIL

Recreational (Three) Members Gerry Kristianson 250-656-5829 250-656-5829 [email protected] Jeremy Maynard 250-286-1456 250-286-1456 [email protected] Bill Otway 604-942-7316 604-942-4262 [email protected] Alternates Jay Mohl

Commercial (Six) Members Bob Rezansoff - Area B 604-583-3931 604-583-3910 [email protected] 250-285-3258 250-285-3268 [email protected]. Les Rombough - Area D ca Ken Connolly - Area E 604-465-7651 604-465-7651 [email protected] Peter Sakich - Area G 250-247-8380 250-247-8380 [email protected] Rick Nordstrom - Area H 250-334-7388 250-338-5325 [email protected] Rob Morley - Processor 604-681-0211 604-602-1660 [email protected] Alternates Chris Ashton - Area B 604-922-2365 [email protected] Mac Matheson - Area D 604-980-0302 604-274-9068 [email protected] Len Koyanagi - Area E 604-277-8707 604-277-8242 [email protected] Andy Amos - Area G 250-724-1585 [email protected] Mike Griswold - Area H 250-285-3702 250-285-3706 [email protected] Chris Cook - NBBC Bill Duncan - NBBC [email protected] Greg Taylor - processor 604-254-5751 604-254-0957 [email protected] Glen Arkko - UFAWU Garth Mirau - UFAWU 250-753-2944 250-753-4666 [email protected]

Observer Dave Barrett (Exec. Dir 604-990-9228 604-980-0339 [email protected] CSAB)

Marine Conservation Caucus (2) Members Craig Orr 604-936-9474 604-936-5150 [email protected] Ken Wilson 604-301-0418 Alternate Suzanne Tank

Appendix 8: Commercial Salmon Advisory Board Membership Page 3 of 6 PHONE FAX E-MAIL

First Nations (Five) Members Don Hall - Nuu-chah- 250-724-5757 250-724-2172 [email protected] nulth Tribal Council Flavian Harry - First Nations Marine Society (FNMS) Robert Hope - Lower Fraser River Aquatic 604-863-2443 604-863-2467 [email protected] Management Forum (LFARMF) Upper Fraser (not presently identified) Middle Fraser (not presently identified) Alternates Howey Edwards (FNMS) Observer Debbie Miller (LFARMF)

Province (ex-officio) (1) Wayne Saito 604-936-6479 [email protected]

Page 4 of 6 Appendix 8: Commercial Salmon Advisory Board Membership Commercial Salmon Advisory Board Members

PHONE FAX E-MAIL

AREA A Rick Haugan 250-624-5188 250-627-8918 [email protected] Chris Cue 604-681-0211 604-602-1660 [email protected] Alternates Bill Forbes 250-468-7872 250-468-7328 Bill Wilson 604-948-1762 604-948-1763 [email protected]

AREA B Chris Ashton 604-922-2365 [email protected] Gordon Wasden 604-943-9771 604-943-9141 [email protected] Alternates Bob Rezansoff 604-583-3931 604-583-3910 [email protected] Donald Assu 250-285-3452 250-285-3442

AREA C Joy Thorkelson 250-624-6048 250-627-7951 [email protected] Mabel Mazurek 250-627-8486 250-624-6627 Alternates Kim Olsen 250-743-5860 250-743-5860 [email protected] Don Roberts 250-615-0202 250-615-4799 [email protected]

AREA D Les Rombough 250-285-3258 250-285-3268 [email protected] a Mac Matheson 604-980-0302 604-274-9068 [email protected] Alternates Paul Kershaw 250-723-3543 250-723-2234 [email protected] Ryan McEachern 604-463-9216 604-463-5522 [email protected]

AREA E Ken Connolly 604-465-7651 604-465-7651 [email protected] Len Koyanagi 604-277-8707 604-277-8242 [email protected]

AREA F Terry Gustafson 250-743-5213 250-743-5213 [email protected] Bill De Greef 250-656-9127 250-656-9182 [email protected] Alternates Sverre Hauknes 250-624-5781 250-627-5636 [email protected] Lawrence Paulson 250-624-9250 [email protected]

AREA G

Appendix 8: Commercial Salmon Advisory Board Membership Page 5 of 6 PHONE FAX E-MAIL

Andy Amos 250-724-1585 [email protected] Peter Sakich 250-247-8380 250-247-8380 [email protected] Alternates Peter De Greef 250-744-1186 250-744-1186 [email protected] Tim Noot 250-338-0587 [email protected]

AREA H Rick Nordstrom 250-334-7388 250-338-5325 [email protected] Mike Griswold 250-285-3702 250-285-3706 [email protected] Alternates John Hughes 250-487-9326 604-483-6105 [email protected] Edward Kasmer 250-380-3028 [email protected]

NBBC Josh Duncan [email protected] Heber Clifton Alternates Doug Larden W. G. Duncan [email protected] Henry Clifton

UNION Garth Mirau 250-753-2944 250-753-4666 [email protected] Glenn Arkko [email protected]

PROCESSORS Rob Morley 604-681-0211 604-602-1660 [email protected] Greg Taylor 604-254-5751 604-254-0957 [email protected]

Dave Barrett Executive Director Phone: (604) 990-9228 Fax: (604) 980-0339 Email: [email protected]

Page 6 of 6 Appendix 8: Commercial Salmon Advisory Board Membership Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries

1. AREA B - SELECTIVE FISHERIES

1.1. Area 20 Sockeye Limited Fleet Fishery The objective of this fishery has been to experiment, implement and monitor a selective fishery that, over time, could support expanded fishing opportunities with acceptable by- catch limits.

Historically fisheries in Area 20 have experienced high coho catches, therefore in the past four years selective fishing practices have incorporated into small scale, effort limited fisheries in an attempt to develop and showcase best practices regarding coho avoidance.

Net fishing in Area 20 is of significant importance especially in years of high outside diversion to enable the harvest of Canadian sockeye and pink salmon TAC.

For the last few years, the fishery objectives have focused on crew training, limited fleet size, pooling arrangements to reduce the competitive nature of the fishery, real time catch reporting (set by set information allowing fleet movement away from higher coho incidence areas), the use of selective gear (brailing booms, wet sorting boxes, release chutes and a power skiff to orient the vessel to minimize the motion of the bunt against the catch while brailing.

To date the mortality rate on released coho salmon has been quite variable but overall very high, except when a knotless bunt, release grids and a motivated crew were compared to other vessel combinations.

Based on the very promising results from selective fishing studies involving the use of knotless seine bunts and escape grids (past five years) the Department is analyzing all the past data and results through a Pacific Scientific Advice Review Committee (PSARC) paper, anticipated for review in October. If the results of this PSARC paper indicate significant conservation benefits, from the use of knotless bunts with grids, consultation will take place with the seine fishing advisors regarding further research and implementation strategies. 1.1.1. Pre-season Issues Agreement between the Area Harvest Committee and Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) on level of effort, pooling arrangements, selective fishing measures to be used (equipment and conduct of the fishery), roles and responsibilities (industry and DFO) including administration costs of the fishery.

An acceptable level of impact on stocks of concern to be identified.

An enforcement protocol between industry and the Department.

Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries Page 1 of 11 Methods to avoid impacts on Pacific Salmon Commission (PSC) assessment fisheries.

Require an acceptable fishing plan that also considers fleet distribution between available fishing areas (Johnstone Strait and Lower Gulf of Georgia).

Potential implementation of knotless bunts and escape grids into the fishery to reduce conservation impacts and to confirm mortality rates. 1.2. Johnstone Strait Selective Fishing Research For 2005, the Area B Harvest Committee are exploring the testing of fishing gear or methods to improve the efficiency of the seine net to harvest target catch while not increasing the impact on non-target species or stocks.

A project that investigates the comparison of the standard net to one that is deeper is being considered. The results of this project may help in accessing total allowable catch (TAC) more quickly when opening duration is constrained by stocks of concern. 1.3. Sockeye Release Mortality in a Pink Fishery DFO has asked the Area B harvest committee to measure the mortality rate of sockeye released during a pink fishery. This rate can then be used to better understand the impact of a targeted pink fishery when Late-run Fraser River sockeye are encountered. A low mortality rate and good compliance with sorting and release may allow planning of targeted pink fishing earlier than in previous years.

2. AREA B – ASSESSMENT FISHERIES (TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STOCK ASSESSMENT INFORMATION FOR FRASER RIVER SOCKEYE)

An assessment fishery in Area 20 and in Johnstone Strait (Area 12) with 10 seine vessels fishing in each area as they would in a commercial fishery will be implemented to assist with in-season Fraser River sockeye run-size determination.

This assessment fishery may take place concurrently in both areas within one week of the peak of the Summer Run stock group and may occur on more that one day.

The vessels selected for this fishery will fish in a pool arrangement under authority of a scientific licence. The catch will come off the TAC available to Area B.

3. AREA B - DEMONSTRATION FISHERIES (TO EXPERIMENT WITH ALTERNATIVE MANAGEMENT STYLES)

3.1. Controlled Fisheries The Area B Harvest Committee is interested in exploring innovative ways to access TAC more efficiently, to increase market value of the product, or TAC that may be unavailable

Page 2 of 11 Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries due to conservation concerns, or to access TAC that a full fleet fishery is unable to access.

These approaches are currently under discussion with the Department for consideration in 2005 and may include pooling, effort limited fisheries, fleet harvest strategies including voluntary pilot individual vessel quotas for Johnstone Strait chum fisheries, target and non-target catch controls and area controls.

Some controlled fisheries by Area B licensed vessels will be used to harvest fish for co- management purposes (project costs including consultation, analysis and report writing etc).

Specific areas that may be considered in 2005 for these initiatives include the Fraser River (targeting on sockeye), Johnstone Strait (targeting on Fraser River sockeye and pink salmon and also the Johnstone Strait chum mixed stock fishery), Bute Inlet (targeting Orford River chum salmon), Nootka Sound (targeting on chum salmon) and Strait of Georgia terminal chum salmon fisheries.

A continuation of the Area B controlled Barkley Sound sockeye fishery in Area 23 is expected. 3.2. Area B, G and H Fraser Pink Demonstration Fisheries Demonstration fisheries are proposed for Johnstone Strait, West Coast of Vancouver Island (WCVI) (for Area G), Area 20 and Area 18 targeting Fraser pink salmon when the impact on incidental Late-run Fraser River sockeye and Interior Fraser coho is sufficiently low and meet conservation objective requirements for these stocks.

These proposed fisheries require further discussion and planning to ensure they are implemented with acceptably low impacts on all by-catch encountered and released. The CSAB and DFO plan to meet regarding these fisheries in early June.

4. AREA D – SELECTIVE FISHERIES

4.1. Alberni Inlet Sockeye Due to concerns over interception of the weaker and (believed to be) later-timed Henderson sockeye stock, gill net fisheries targeting Somass sockeye are moved into Alberni Inlet after approximately July 10. As the month progresses the seaward boundary is moved farther up Alberni Inlet.

Area D gill nets frequently experience difficulties in catching Somass sockeye with conventional gear in Alberni Inlet during July, likely a result of warm surface temperatures forcing salmon to swim deeper. This can result in additional fishing time required to achieve weekly catch targets. This leads to conflicts over fishing time and area with other commercial gear sectors (seine and troll), the recreational fishery and potentially the First Nation fisheries.

Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries Page 3 of 11

Based on some previous gill net test fisheries Area D believes that deeper (120 mesh) nets may increase their efficiency and thus decrease these conflicts.

They further believe that this deeper gear may reduce steelhead encounters.

Current regulations allow a maximum of 90 meshes in depth (two choices, maximum 60 or 90 meshes). Fishers can further deepen their net by adding a weedline of up to two metres in depth.

The Department and Area D are developing a plan that will allow the use of 120 mesh deep nets under scientific licence while measuring the harvest rate on sockeye and the encounter rate of steelhead by 60, 90 and 120 mesh deep nets.

This plan must maintain catch levels within the weekly sockeye targets and sharing arrangements with the seine fleet.

5. AREA D – ASSESSMENT FISHERIES (TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STOCK ASSESSMENT INFORMATION)

5.1. Area 13 (Bute Inlet) Chum The Area D Salmon Gill Net Association has expressed interest in developing a chum gill net assessment/test fishery in Bute Inlet to assist in assessing run strength and the determination of potential terminal chum fishing opportunities.

Area D conducted a test fishery in Bute Inlet in 2004 from the last week in August until the middle of October.

The test fishery consisted of four to five gill net vessels fishing in Bute Inlet one day per week at prescribed fishing sites.

The plan for 2005 is to continue with the test fishery with some modifications to provide for better catch analysis. 5.2. Area 12 (Fraser River) Sockeye An assessment fishery in Johnstone Strait (Area 12) with 10 gill net vessels fishing as they would in a commercial fishery, will be implemented to assist with in-season Fraser sockeye run-size determination.

This assessment fishery will take place near the peak of the Early Summer run stock group and may occur over two fishing periods.

One of the main objectives of this fishery is to assist with in-season run size determination of the Early Summer Run stock group.

Page 4 of 11 Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries The second objective is to harvest up to 9,000 sockeye which will be used as a funding source for the Area D Gill Net Association under a collaborative agreement with the Department. The catch from this assessment fishery would be assigned to the Area D TAC.

6. AREA D – DEMONSTRATION FISHERIES

6.1. West Coast of Vancouver Island Terminal Chums The Area D Gill Net Association proposed limited, small fleet fishing opportunities for chum salmon on the WCVI in Esperanza Inlet and Barkley Sound during the 2004 season. A limited number of vessels were allowed to fish in selected portions of each area. For Barkley Sound, the maximum number of boat days to be fished on a weekly basis would be 15 boat days. For Esperanza a limit of five vessels per day would be appropriate, days fishing should correspond to Outer Nootka fishing days.

A fishing plan was developed including observer coverage and data collection for each area. For management purposes gill net openings coincided with other WCVI chum openings, in order to disperse the fleet, to avoid a concentration of fishers in traditional openings.

Fishing effort was focussed on migratory areas with no fishing permitted in terminal areas. The intent of this program was to determine if small scale gill net fisheries could be economically viable while limiting exploitation rates to 10 to 20 percent of returning stocks.

Area D has requested to continue this small fleet experiment in both Barkley Sound and Esperanza Inlet and has proposed small fleet opportunities for Areas 24, 26, and 27 for 2005.

Review of 2004 data and consultations with local First Nations will precede any decision on expanding exploratory fisheries to other areas in 2005. 6.2. Area 11 (Seymour Inlet) Chum and Coho The Area D Gill Net Association has expressed an interest in developing a small fleet chum/coho retention fishery in Seymour Inlet.

Details of the fishery including: number of vessels, fishing time, catch reporting, observers and all remaining aspects of the fishery will be developed in season. 6.3. Alberni Inlet Terminal Chinook and Coho Significant chinook and coho returns are expected to the Somass River system in 2005.

It is anticipated that gill net opportunities will again be available to target on enhanced stocks.

Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries Page 5 of 11 Catch targets will be dependant on forecast returns and allocation decisions, both intersectoral (between First Nations, recreational and commercial fisheries) and intrasectoral (between commercial gear groups).

There will be separate catch ceilings for both chinook and coho.

Potential conflicts between the gill net fishery and First Nations and recreational fisheries will need to be addressed. 6.4. Tlupana Inlet Terminal Chinook Significant returns to the Conuma River are expected again in 2005.

Limited gill net fishery in Tlupana Inlet being considered for 2005.

Open dates should coincide with Alberni openings to reduce fleet size.

Potential conflicts between the gill net fishery and First Nations and recreational fisheries will need to be addressed.

The outer boundary used in 2003 needs to be moved in to reduce the potential for by- catch of other Area 25 chinook stocks.

This fishery will be dependant on allocation decisions.

7. AREA E – ASSESSMENT FISHERIES

7.1. Area 29 (Fraser River ) Sockeye An assessment fishery in the lower Fraser River with two gill net test vessels fishing will be implemented to assist with in-season Fraser River sockeye run-size determination and also stock composition information.

This assessment fishery may take place on a daily basis near the peak of the Early Summer and Summer Run stock groups.

This test fishery would compliment existing PSC test fisheries in the lower Fraser River.

The catch from this assessment fishery would be assigned to the Area E TAC. 7.2. Area 16 (Jervis Inlet) Chum Area E is considering developing an assessment fishery with a small number of gill net vessels (e.g. five) that would fish for one day per week in lower Jervis Inlet for two to three weeks.

The information over time from this assessment fishery may be used to provide an early indication of overall stock strength migrating into the Inlet.

Page 6 of 11 Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries

The details of this proposed fishery require discussion about the selection of vessels, limitation of effort, gear, selective fishing methods and scientific design.

8. AREA E – DEMONSTRATION FISHERIES

8.1. Area 29 (Fraser River) Chinook Area E has proposed an assessment fishery for Fraser River chinook with a small number of gill net vessels (less than 25) that would fish one day a week in late June to assess stock composition, catch rates and methods to avoid by-catch on stocks of concern.

This proposal is currently under review by the Department. Further consultation with First Nations and recreational fishers will be required.

9. AREA G – SELECTIVE FISHERIES

9.1. Areas 20, and 123 to 127 Chinook Plug Fishery The objective of this proposed experiment would be to continue work done in 2002 to determine if the use of plug gear can avoid coho while still permitting chinook catch.

The WCVI, and in particular Areas 20 and 123 can have a high incidence of coho.

The use of plugs in conjunction with time and area closures may provide for additional fishing opportunities in the future.

This project is currently being reviewed and its implementation will be subject to available chinook harvest and meeting the criteria outlined above.

10. AREA G – DEMONSTRATION FISHERIES

The Area G Harvest Committee, in consultation with the Department, have expressed interest in developing demonstration fisheries to improve the management of the fishery by reducing risk to stocks of concern and improving economic viability. These fisheries will be further developed and consulted on for possible implementation in the fall. 10.1. WCVI Terminal Chum The Area G Harvest Committee is currently reviewing options and potential opportunities for terminal chum fisheries. Area G would work with Area B and D to plan small fleet low impact fisheries.

Terminal chum opportunities usually occur in early October.

Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries Page 7 of 11 These opportunities could take place in areas such as Nootka Sound (Areas 25 and 125), and Nitinat Lake (Areas 21 and 22).

Chum salmon may also be retained as incidental catch in other directed fisheries, such as chinook fishery in Areas 23 to 27, and 123 to 127. 10.2. Alberni Inlet Coho and Chinook Significant chinook and coho returns are expected to the Somass River system in 2005.

Area G is reviewing data from the 2004 Alberni Inlet fishery to determine if this is a fishery the industry would be interested in pursuing.

If the fishery were to proceed catch targets will be dependant on forecast returns and allocation decisions, both intersectoral (between First Nations, recreational and commercial fisheries) and intrasectoral (between commercial gear groups - Area G and D).

There will be separate catch ceilings for both chinook and coho.

Potential conflicts between the gill net fishery and First Nations and recreational fisheries will need to be addressed.

Fishing dates and areas as well as gear changes will be considered for 2005. 10.3. Tlupana Inlet Terminal Chinook Significant returns to the Conuma River are expected again in 2005.

Subject to the same limitations as discussed with Alberni Inlet. Area G is reviewing whether or not this expected Conuma surplus represents an opportunity that can be pursued by trollers.

The sectoral issue discussed with respect to Alberni Inlet would also apply to any fishing opportunity in Tlupana Inlet. Area D is interested in pursuing similar opportunities in 2005.

Open dates should coincide with Alberni openings to reduce fleet size.

This fishery will be dependant on allocation decisions.

Page 8 of 11 Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries 11. AREA H – SELECTIVE FISHERIES

11.1. Waterline Release versus the Laminar Flow Revival Tank Research Area H is proposing to compare releasing non-target species at the waterline versus using a laminar flow revival tank. Past research showed slightly higher survival rates for salmon by-catch released at the waterline in comparison to the non-laminar flow revival tank.

This project is proposed for Johnstone Strait in mid August using the mix of salmon available in that area at that time to compare the two methods of release. A 24 to 48 hour mortality net-pen challenge will be used to compare the two methods. The mortality data will also be valuable in assessing by-catch impacts during targeted fisheries (i.e. sockeye release mortality).

The results of this project will help in the determination of the best strategies for releasing by-catch on troll vessels.

12. AREA H – ASSESSMENT FISHERIES

12.1. Chinook Sampling The Area H Harvest Committee proposes to continue the chinook sampling program for times and in areas where data is limited and where stocks of concern may not be prevalent.

The objective of this study is to obtain a suitable sample size of DNA and CWT samples from inside waters for analysis of stock composition. The stock composition data generated from this study will aid in providing a basis for future discussions and decisions regarding possible fisheries.

Areas of particular interest for 2005 include the stock composition in the Johnstone Strait area and the abundant returns of Fraser River chinook (i.e. South Thompson and Harrison stocks) in the terminal area off the mouth of the Fraser River in August and September.

Results from 2004 (i.e. small sample size) indicated a very selective fishery on Fraser stocks may be possible, targeting the abundant chinook stocks with minimal impact on other stocks or species. Area H has proposed an assessment fishery at the mouth of the Fraser River with a small number of vessels to assess stock composition, catch rates and by-catch levels.

Consideration of an assessment chinook troll fishery would take into consideration consultation, stock assessment data, conservation requirements and allocation policies.

Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries Page 9 of 11 12.2. Fraser River Sockeye Pre-fishery Assessment The Area H Harvest Committee is proposing to continue the assessment of sockeye abundance in fishing areas prior to opening for the fleet. This assessment provides the harvesters with information to more efficiently distribute the fleet onto sockeye abundances. This assessment will also provide data on the incidence of by-catch in areas prior to the fishery opening. 12.3. Mainland Inlet Pink Assessment The Area H Harvest Committee is proposing to continue with the development and implementation of an assessment fishery to aid in the abundance estimating of Mainland Inlet pink salmon. The objective is to develop an assessment strategy that can help in the early prediction of Mainland Inlet pink stocks in the approach waters.

Time periods for assessment proposed by Area H include July 15 to 20 (in outer Mainland Inlets) and after August 15. Data from this test fishery can be used to develop a database for future stock strength assessments.

Although Mainland Inlet pink salmon returns have been low in recent years these stocks are highly variable and Area H is prepared to be available in-season on short notice to implement this test fishery. Consideration will only be given if in-season indications suggest a sufficient return to support this assessment. 12.4. Bute Inlet Chum Assessment and Fishery The Area H Harvest Committee will be meeting with the Department to explore ways to improve the access and quality of chums caught returning to the Mainland Inlet areas.

The goal of this project will be to develop a troll fishery that targets Mainland Inlet chums as far away from the natal streams as possible to allow for improved quality while having acceptable impacts on non-target stocks and species. 12.5. Area 12 and 13 Coho Stock Status The Area H Harvest Committee is interested in investigating the status of Mainland Inlet coho stocks (especially in northern portions of Area 12) to support potential present or future terminal fisheries.

This project will be developed through discussions with the Department to determine the level of knowledge of these stocks and what additional information is required to consider potential limited fishing.

13. AREA H – DEMONSTRATION FISHERIES

13.1. Area 20 as an Alternate Fishing Area for Fraser River Sockeye The Area H Harvest Committee is interested in exploring unconventional areas for the harvest of Fraser River sockeye. Areas 18 and 29 are important fishing areas for Area H trollers during years of high outside diversion but these areas can often result in low catch

Page 10 of 11 Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries rates and restrictive fishing periods. Conservation measures for Late Run Fraser River sockeye and Sakinaw and Cultus Lake sockeye in Johnstone Strait may necessitate the location of alternate fishing areas.

Area H is interested in an Area 20 demonstration fishery limited by area, time, effort, catch, fishing and management strategies to harvest a portion of their sockeye allocation. A study undertaken in 2004 demonstrated that viable numbers of sockeye could be caught in this area while reducing the incidental catch of chinook and coho.

Area H is in discussion with DFO about the potential approval and details for this demonstration fishery. 13.2. Quota Demonstration Fisheries The Area H Harvest Committee proposes to continue to explore quota management in their sockeye fishery (Johnstone Strait chum also considered) with a portion of their fleet. Quota management has been studied and reported by the Gulf Trollers Association in both 2002 and 2003.

The objective of this years study is to test and report on aspects of quota management that have not been explored to date. The information from 2005 and the past three years can then be used as an information basis for discussion of whether full implementation is manageable and desired by the licence holders, the Department and other stakeholders.

The focus of this pilot study is to refine what has been learned about implementing a quota fishery (catch monitoring, quota tracking, validation, etc.) on salmon while testing the ability to develop and test in-season quota transferability. A key element of this fishery involves the approval by DFO for alternate harvest strategies (e.g. seine harvest for Area H) when it is clear in-season that the quota fleet will not be provided sufficient time to harvest their allocation.

Area H have also proposed a limited fleet quota fishery on terminal Fraser Chinook from mid August to mid September if a catch ceiling can be established similar to Area E.

Appendix 9: Commercial Selective, Assessment and Demonstration Fisheries Page 11 of 11